Chapter 9

Chapter 9
Academic Descendants of R. L. Moore and Individual Publications

J. R. Kline and his Mathematical Descendants

02 Gehman, H. M , University of Pennsylania, 1925
   03 Strebe, David D., University of Buffalo, 1952
   03 Berhns, Vernon N., University of Buffalo, 1953
   03 Gough, Lillian, University of Buffalo, 1953
   03 Montgomery, Mabel, D., University of Buffalo, 1953
   03 Warner, Frederick C., University of Buffalo, 1953
02 Flanders, Donald, University of Pennsylvania, 1927
02 Ayres, William L., University of Pennsylvania, 1927
   03 Simond, Ruth, University of Michigan, 1938
   03 Vance, Elbridge P., University of Michigan, 1939
   03 Ollman, Loyal Frank, University of Michigan, 1939
   03 Schnechenberger, Edith R., University of Michigan, 1940
  04 Feidner, Jean B., University of Buffalo, 1953
  04 Belate, Edward J., University of Buffalo, 1958
  04 Tidd, Richard F., University of Buffalo, 1959
  04 Uschold, Richard L., SUNY at Buffalo, 1963
   03 Odle, John W., University of Michigan, 1941
   03 Miller, Don D., University of Michigan, 1941
02 Benton, Thomas C., University of Pennsylvania, 1929
02 Zippin, Leo, University of Pennsylvania, 1929
02 Rutt, N. E., University of Pennsylvania, 1929
02 Kusner, J. H., University of Pennsylvania, 1931
02 Smith, Adam 3., University of Pennsylvania, 1934
02 Claytor, Shieffelin, University of Pennsylvania, 1934
02 Milgram. Arthur N., University of Pennsylvania, 1937
   03 Exner, Robert, Syracuse University, 1949
   03 Kostenbauder, Adnah, Syracuse University, 1952
02 Hemmingsen, Erik, University of Pennsylvania, 1946
   03 Peterson, Bruce B., Syracuse University, 1962
   03 Reddy, William L., Syracuse University, 1964
   03 Abramson, Paul, Syracuse University, 1965
   03 Antonelli, Peter, Syracuse University, 1966
   03 Blackwell, Paul, Syracuse University, 1968
02 Barrett, Lida K., University of Pennsylvania, 1954
   03 Wiginton, C. Lamar, University of Tennessee, 1964
  04 Barr, Betty, University of Houston, 1971
  04 Engvall, John, University of Houston, 1972

Publications of J. R. Kline and his Mathematical Descendants

Kline J. R. 01
1. Concerning the complement of a countable infinity of point sets of a certain type. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1917) 290-292.
2. The converse of the theorem concerning the division of a plane by an open curve. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1917) 177-184.
3. A definition of sense on closed curves in non-metrical analysis situs. Ann. of Math. 19 (1919) 185-200.
4. Concerning sense on closed curves in non-metrical plane analysis situs. Ann. of Math. 21 (1918) 113-119.
5. On the passing of simple continuous arcs through plane point sets. Tohoku Math. J. 18 (1920) 116-125.
6. A new proof of a theorem due to Schoenflies. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.6 (1920) 529-531.
7. Concerning approachability of simple closed and open curves. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1920) 451-458.
8. A theorem concerning connected point sets. Fund. Math. 3 (1922) 238-239.
9. Closed connected point sets which are disconnected by the removal of a finite number of points. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 9 (1923) 7-12.
10. Closed connected sets which remain connected upon the removal of certain subsets. Fund. Math. 5 (1924) 3-10.
11. Concerning the division of the plane by continua. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 10 (1924) 176-177.
12. Concerning the complementary intervals of countable closed sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 31 (1925) 409-410.
13. Concerning the sum of two continua each irreducible between the same pair of points. Fund. Math. 7 (1925) 31-322.
14. A condition that every subcontinua of a continuous curve be a continuous curve. Fund. Math. 10 (1927) 298-301.
15. Separation theorems and their relations to recent developments in analysis situs. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1928) 155-192.
16. What is the Jordan curve theorem? Amer. Math. Monthly 49 (1942) 281-286 .
17. On the most general plane closed point set through which it is possible to pass a simple continuous ARC. Ann. Math. 20 (with Moore, R . L.) (1919) 218-233.
Gehman, H . M. 02
1. Concerning the subsets of a plane continuous curve. Ann. of Math. 2 (1925) 29-46.
2. On irredundant sets of postulates. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1926) 159-161.
3. On extending a continuous correspondence of two plane continuous curves to a correspondence of their planes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1926) 252-265.
4. Some conditions under which a continuum is a continuous curve. Ann. of Math. 27 (1926) 381-384.
5. Concerning irreducible connected sets and irreducible continua. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 12 (1926) 544-547.
6. Some relations between a continuous curve and its subsets. Annals. of Math. 28 (1927) 103-111.
7. Irreducible continuous curves. Amer. J. Math. 49 (1927) 189196 .
8. Concerning acyclic continuous curves. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1927) 553-568.
9. Concerning end points of continuous curves and other continua. ibid. 30 (1928) 53-84.
10. Concerning certain types of non-cut points, with an application to continuous curves. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 14 (1928) 431-433.
11. Concerning irreducible continua. ibid., 433-435.
12. On extending a continuous (1,1) correspondence (second paper). Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 31 (1929) 241-252.
13. On extending a correspondence in the sense of Antoine. Amer. J. Math. 51 (1929) 385-396.
14. Centers of symmetry in analysis situs. Amer. J. Math. 52 (1930) 543-547.
15. A special type of upper semi-continuous collection. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 16 (1930) 609-613.
16. Concerning sequences of homeomorphisms. ibid. 18 (1932) 460-465.
17. On extending a homeomorphism between two subsets of spheres. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 42 (1936) 79-81.
Strebe, D avid D. 03
1. Irreducibly connected spaces. Duke Math. J. 20 (1953) 551-561.
2. Irreducible closed connexes. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 365-372.
Ayres, W . L. 02
1. A new characterization of plane continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1927) 201-208.
2. Concerning continuous curves and correspondences. Ann. of Math. 28 (1927) 396-418.
3. Concerning the boundaries of domains of continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1927) 565-571.
4. Note on a theorem concerning continuous curves. Ann. of Math. 28 (1927) 501-502.
5. On the structure of a plane continuous curve. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 13 (1927) 749-754.
6. On the separation of points of a continuous curve by arcs and simply closed curves. ibid. 14 (1928) 201-206.
7. An elementary property of bounded domains. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1928) 200-204.
8. Concerning the arc-curves and basic sets of a continuous curve. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (1928) 567-578.
9. Concerning continuous curves of certain types. Fund. Math. 11 (1928) 132-140.
10. On continuous curves in n dimensions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1928) 349-360. (with Whyburn, G . T.)
11. Continuous curves which are cyclioly connected. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci..Math. (1928) 127-142.
12. Concerning subsets of a continuous curve, which can be connected through the complement of a continuous curve. Amer. J. Math. 50 (1928) 521-534.
13. On continuous curves having certain properties. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 15 (1929) 91-94.
14. On simple closed curves and open curves. ibid. 15 (1929) 94-96.
15. Conditions under which every arc of a continuous curve is a subset of a maximal arc of the curve. Math. Ann. 101 (1929) 194209.
16. Concerning the arc-curves and basic sets of a continuous curve (second paper). Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 31 (1929) 595-612.
17. Continuous curves in which every arc may be extended. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 35 (1929) 850-858.
18. On continua which are disconnected by the omission of any point and some related problems. Monatsh. Math. Phys. 35 (1929) 135148.
19. Uber Verallgemeinerunger des Jordanschen Kontinuums. ibid. 36 (1929) 301-304.
20. Concerning continuous curves in metric space. Amer. J. Math. 51 (1929) 577-594.
21. Continuous curves homeomorphic with the boundary of a plane domain. Fund. Math. 14 (1929) 92-95.
22. On continuous images of a compact metric space. Fund. Math. 14 (1929) 334-338.
23. On the density of the cut points and end points of a continuum. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1930) 659-667.
24. A new proof of a theorem of Zarankiewicz. Fund. Math. 16 (1930) 134-135.
25. Some generalizations of the Scherrer Fixed-Point Theorem. ibid. 332-336.
26. On the regular points of a continuum. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1931) 252-262.
27. On avoidable points of continua with an application to end points. Math. Zeit. 34 (1931) 161-178.
28. A note on a property of continuous arcs. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 27 (1931) 543-545.
29. On transformations having periodic properties. Fund. Math. 33 (1939) 95-103.
30. A note on the definition of arc-sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 35 (1940) 794-796.
31. A new proof of the cyclic connectivity theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1942) 627-630.
Vance, E lbridge P. 03
1. Generalizations of nonalternating and non-separating transformations. Duke Math. J. 6 (1940) 66-79.
Ollman, L . F. 03
1. Solution of a problem of Ayres. Amer. J. Math. 64 (1942) 61-71.
Schnechenberger, E dith R. 03
1. On l-bounding monotonic transformations which are equivalent to homorphisms. Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941) 768-776.
Odle, J ohn W. 03
1. Non-alternating and non-separating transformation modulo: A family of sets. Duke Math. J. 8 (1941) 256-268.
Miller, D on D. 03
1. Extension and reduction theorems for certain types of continuous transformations. Amer. J. Math. 64 (1942) 215-228.
2. Semigroups having zeroid elements. Amer. J. Math. 70 (1948) 117-125.
3. Regular D-classes in semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 82 (1956) 270-280. (with A. H. Clifford)
Benton, T homas C. 02
1. On continuous curves which are homogeneous except for a finite number of points. Fund. Math. 13 (1929) 151-177.
2. A definition of an unknotted simple closed curve. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1930) 406-408.
3. On continuous curves which are homogeneous except for a finite number of points (second part). Fund. Math. 15 (1930) 38-41.
4. Three-dimensional flows inside a cylinder. Quart. Appl. Math. 19 (1961-1962) 81-94.
5. An example of the need for two stream functions in three dimensional flows. Quart. Appl. Math. 21 (1963-1964) 235-237.
Zippin, L eo 02
1. On continuous curves and the Jordan curve theorem. Amer. J. Math. 52 (1930) 331-350.
2. A study of continuous curves and their relation to the JaniszewskiMullikin theorem. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 31 (1929) 744-770.
3. On a problem of N. Aronsaza;n and an axiom of R. L. Moore. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1931) 276-280.
4. Generalization of a theorem due to C. M. Cleveland. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 176-184.
5. The Moore-Kline problem. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1932) 705-721.
6. Independent arcs of a continuous curve. Ann. of Math. 34 (1933) 95-113.
7. A characterization of the closed 2-cell. Amer. J. Math. 55 (1933) 207-217.
8. On continuous curves irreducible about subsets. Fund. Math. 20 (1933) 197-205.
9. Semi-compact spaces. Amer. J. Math. 57 (1935) 327-341.
10. On a problem of Cech. Cas. Mat. a Fysiky 65 (1936) 49-52.
11. On monotonic, complete covering systems. Fund. Math. 27 (l936)
12. Transformation groups. Lectures in Topology (1941) 191-221. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, ich.
13. Two-ended topological groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1950) 309-315 .
14. A theorem on the rotation of the two-sphere. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 520-521.
15. Topological group foundations of rigid space geometry. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1940) 21-49.
16. A theorem on Lie groups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1942) 448452 .
17. A class of transformation groups in Eⁿ . Amer. J. Math. 65 (1943) 601-608.
18. Existence of subgroups isomorphic to the real numbers. Ann. of Math. (2) 53 (1951) 298-326.
19. Two-dimensional subgroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 822838 .
20. Four-dimensional groups. Ann. of Math. (2) 55 (1952) 140-166.
21. Small subgroups of finite-dimensional groups. Ann. of Math. (2) 56 (1952) 213-241.
22. Small subgroups of finite-dimensional groups. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 38 (1952) 440-442.
23. Examples of transformation groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 460-465.
24. Topological transformation groups. Interscience Publishers, New York-London, 1955, xi+282 pp.
25. Uses of infinity. New Mathematical Library, 7. Random House, New York-Toronto, 1962, vii+151 pp.
26. Topological transformation groups. I. Ann. of Math. (2) 41 (1940) 778-791. (with Montgomery, D eane)
Rutt, N . E. 02
1. Concerning the cut points of a continuous curve when the arc curve, AB, contains exactly n independent arcs. Amer. J. Math. 51 (1929) 217-246.
2. On certain types of plane continua. Trans. Amer. Soc. 33 (1931) 806-810.
3. Concurrence and uncountability. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 39 (1939) 295-302.
4. Prime ends and order. Ann. of Math. 34 (1933) 416-440.
5. Some theorems on triodic continua. Amer. J. Math. 56 (1934) 122-132.
6. On derived sets. Nat. Math. Mag. 18 (1943) 53-63.
Claytol, W. Shiefflin 02
1. Topological immersion of Peanian continua in a spherical surface. Ann. of Math. 35, No. 4 (1934) 809-835.
2. Peanian continua not imbeddable in a spherical surface. Ann. of Math. 38 (1937) 631-646.
Milgram. Arthur N. 02
1. Partially ordered sets and topology. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 26 (1940) 291-293.
2. Partially ordered sets and topology. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 2 (1940) 3-9.
3. On iterated mappings. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 2 (1940) 21-24.
4. On shortest paths through a set. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 2 (1940) 39-44.
5. A generalization of the Cauchy-Reiman equation. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 3 (1941) 28-30.
6. Some topologically invariant metric properties. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 29 (1943) 193-195.
7. Extensions of coverings from subspaces to spaces. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 4 (1943) 16-21.
8. Some metric topological invariants. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 5-6 (1944) 25-35.
9. Bendpoints, geodesics, and free approximations of plane curves. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 7 (1946) 37-45.
10. Saturated polynomials. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 7 (1946) 65-67.
11. Multiplicative semigroups of continuous functions. Duke Math. J. 16 (1949) 377-383.
12. Decompositions and dimension of closed sets in R . Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 43 (1938) 465-481.
13. A general existence theorem and some applications. Ann. of Math. 39 (1938) 804-810.
14. On shortest paths through a set.Reports of a Mathematical Colloquium. 2 (1940) 39-44.
15. Parabolic equations. Partial Differential Equations. (Proc. Summer Seminar, Boulder, Col., 1957) 327-339. Interscience, New York, 1964.
  Differential operators on Riemannian manifolds. Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (2) 2 (1953) 266-326 (1954). (with Aronszajn, N athan)
  (with Lax, P. D.)
16. Parabolic equations. Contributions to the theory of partial differential equations.Ann. of Mathematics Studies, No. 33. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., 1954, pp. 167-190.
  (with Gallai, T ibor)
17. Verallgemeinerung eines graphentheoretischen Satzes von Redei. Acta Sci. Math. (Szeded) 21 (1960) 181-186.
18. On linear sets in metric spaces. Reports of a Mathematical Colloquium 1 (1939) 16-17. (with Menger, K .)
19. Harmonic forms and heat conduction. I. Closed Riemannian manifolds. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 37 (1951) 180-184. (with Rosenbloom, P . C.)
20. Heat conduction on Riemannian manifolds. H. Heat distribution on complexes and approximation theory. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 37 (1951) 435-438.
Hemmingsen, E rik 02
1. On Weierstrass sums for integrals involving second derivatives. Rep. Math. Colloquium (2) 3 (1941) 31-33.
2. Some theorems in dimension theory for normal Hausdorff spaces. Duke Math. J. 13 (1946) 495-504.
3. Plane continua admitting non-periodic autohomeomorphisms with equicontinuous interates. Math. Scand. 2 (1954) 119-141.
4. Open simplicial mappings of manifolds on manifolds. Duke Math. J. 32 (1965) 325-331.
5. Open simplicial mappings of spheres on spheres. Norske Vid. Selsk. Forh. (Trondheim) 40 (1967) 67-69.
6. Introduction to algebraic topology. Translated from the notes of Armin Thedy and Hel Braun by Erik Hemmingsen. Charles E. Merrill Publishing Co., Columbus, Ohio, 1969, ix+229 pp.
7. Light open maps on n-manifolds. Duke Math. J. 27 (1960) 527536. (with Church, P hilip T.)
8. Light open maps on n-manifolds. II. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 607-623.
9. Light open maps on n-manifolds. III. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 379-389.
10. Lifting and projecting expansive homeomorphisms. Math. Systems Theory 2 (1968) 7-15. (with Reddy, W illiam L.)
11. Expansive homeomorphisms on homogeneous spaces. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 203-207.
Peterson, B ruce P. 03
1. Convexity of polyhedra. Illinois J. Math. 11 (1967) 330-335.
2. Relative convexity and total concavity. Illinois J. Math. 11 (1967) 616-627.
3. Formal contraction of the u-simplex. Canad. Math. Bull. 10 (1967) 659-664.
Reddy, W illiam L. 03
1. The existence of expansive homeomorphisms on manifolds. Duke Math. J. 32 (1965) 627-632.
2. Lifting expansive homeomorphisms to symbolic flows. Math. Systems Theory. 2 (1968) 91-92.
3. Almost periodic semigroups in transformation groups. Illinois J. Math. 12 (1968) 494-509.
  (with Coven, E than M.)
4. Limit set equivalences of replete semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 625-630.
5. Lifting and projecting expansive homeomorphisms. Math. Systems Theory 2 (1968) 7-15. (with Hemmingsen, E .)
6. Expansive homeomorphisms on homogeneous spaces. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 203-207. (with Hemmingsen, E .)
Antonelli, P eter 03
1. Structure theory for Montgomery-Samelson fiberings between manifolds. I, II. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 170-179; ibid. 21 (1969) 180-186.
2. On the stable diffeomorphism of homotopy spheres in the stable range, N<2P. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 343-346.
3. Montgomery-Samelson singular fiberings of spheres. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 247-250.
Barrett, L ida K. 02
1. Regular curves and regular points of finite order. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 295-304.
2. On a question concerning partitioning raised by R. H. Bing. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 602-603.
3. The structure of decomposable snakelike continua. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 515-522.
4. A note on regular curves. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 603-606.
I Wiginton, C . Lamar 03
1. Factoring pointlike simplicial mappings. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 129 (1967) 344-359.
2. A characterization of the maximal subgroups of the semigroup of nxn complex matrices. Czech. Math. J. 18 (93) (1968) 675-677. (with Decell, H enry P. Jr.)
3. Spaces determined by a group of functions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 1110-1112. (with Shrader, S usan)
Miller, D . D. 03
1. and Clirford, A. H
2. Union and symmetry preserving indomorphisms of the semigroups of all binary relations on a set. Czech. Math. J. 20 (95) (1970) 303-314.
Reddy, W . L. 03
1. Montgomery Samelson coverings on spheres. Mich. Math. J. 17 (1970) 65-67.
2. Pointwise expansion homeomorphisms. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 2 (1970) 232-236.
3. Open simplicial maps of spheres on manifolds. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 137-145.
Blackwell, P aul 03
1. An alternative proof of a theorem of Erdos and Szekeres. Amer. Math. Monthly 78 (1971) 273.
Antonelli, P eter L. 03
1. Differentiable Montgomery-Samuelson fiberings with finite singular sets. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 1489-1495.
2. The non-finite type of some DiffoMn Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 1246-1250. (with Burghelea D; Kahn, P. J.)
Reddy, W . L. 03
1. Each compact orientable surface of positive genus admits an expansive homeomorphism. Pacific J. Math. 35 (1970) 737-741. (with O'Brien, T homas)

Publications of G. H. Hallett

Hallett, G . H. 01
1. Concerning the definition of a simple continuous arc. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1919) 325-326.

Publications of Anna M. Mullikan

Mullikin, A nna M. 01
1. Certain theorems relating to plane connected point sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1922) 144-162.

R. L. Wilder and his Mathematical Descendants

02 Cohen , Leon W., University of Michigan , 1928
02 Swingle, Paul M., University of Michigan, 1929
02 Miller, E dwin W., University of Michigan, 1932?
02 Dancer, W ayne, University of Michigan, 1935
02 Vaughan , Herbert E ., University of Michigan , 1935
02 MacKay, R oy, University of Michigan, 1938
02 Kaplan, S amuel, University of Michigan, 1942
02 Butcher, Kay E., University of Michigan, 1946
(Mrs. George W. Whitehead)
02 Larguier , Everett H., S . J ., University of Michigan, 1947
02 Curtis , Morton L ., University of Michigan , 1950
  03 Rice, P eter Milton, Florida State University, 1963
  03 Chandler , Richard E., Florida State University , 1963
   04Taylor , William Wallace , North Carolina State U., 1971
  03 Greathouse, C harles A., Florida State University, 1963
  03 Schaufele, Christopher B ., Florida State University , 1964
  03 Morava, J ack, Florida State University, 1968
  03 Morgan, J ohn W., Florida State University, 1969
02 Dickinson, Mrs. Alice B., University of Michigan, 1952
02 Shoenfield, J oseph R., University of Michigan, 1952
  03 Anderson , David R., Duke University , 1962
  03 Grilliot, T homas J., Duke University, 1967
02 Roth, J ohn P., University of Michigan, 1953
  03 Merwin, R . E., University of Pennsylvania, 1965
02 Roberts , Robert A., University of Michigan , 1953
02 Brahana, T homas R., University of Michigan, 1954
  03 Patty, C . W., University of Georgia, 1960
  03 Bell, C urtis P., University of Georgia, 1963
  03 Rhee, C hoon Jai, University of Georgia, 1965
  03 McBay, S hirley M., University of Georgia, 1967
  03 Reed, B ruce E., University of Georgia, 1968
02 Gary, J ohn M., University of Michigan, 1956
02 Raymond, F rank A., University of Michigan, 1958
02 Kwun, Kyung Whan, Univeristy of Michigan, 1958
  03 Boals, A lfred, Michigan State University, 1967
  03 Tollefson, Jeffrey, Michigan State University, 1968
  03 Fremon, R ichard, Michigan State University, 1969
  03 Myung, M yung Mi, Michigan State University, 1970
  03 Quinn, J oan, Michigan State University, 1970
  03 Spence, L awrence, Michigan State University, 1970
02 Kelley, John E., University of Michigan, 1960
02 Stoddard, J ames H., University of Michigan, 1961
02 Cross, M yrle V. Jr., University of Michigan, 1961
02 Lewis, Judith Ann, University of Michigan, 1966

Publications of R. L. Wilder and his Mathematical Descendants

Wilder, R . L. 01
1. On the dispersion sets of connected point sets. Fund. Math. 6 (1924) 214-228.
2. A theorem on continua. ibid. 7 (1925) 311-313.
3. Concerning continuous curves. ibid. 340-377.
4. A property which characterizes continuous curves. Proc. Na.. Acad. Sci. 11 (1925) 725-728.
5. A theorem on connected point sets which are connected im leinen. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1926) 338-340.
6. A connected and regular point set which has no sub-continuum. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1927) 332-340.
7. A point set which has no true quasi-components, and which becomes connected upon the addition of a single point. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1927) 432-427.
8. The non-existence of a certain type of regular point set. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1927) 439-446.
9. On connected and reglzr point sets. ibid. 34 (lg28) 649-655.
10. Concerning R. L. Moore's axioms for plane analysis situs. ibid. 752-760.
11. A characterization of continuous curves by a property of their open subsets. Fund. Math. 11 (1928) 127-131.
12. On a certain type of connected set which cuts the plane. Proc. Internat. Math. Congress in Toronto 1 (1928) 423-437.
13. Concerning zero-dimensional sets in Euclidean space. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 31 (1929) 354-359.
14. Characterizations of continuous curves that are perfectly continuous. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 15 (1929) 614-621.
15. Concerning perfect continuous curves. ibid. 16 (1930) 223-240.
16. A converse of the Jordan-Brower separation theorem in three dimensions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1930) 632-657.
17. Concerning simple continuous curves and related point sets. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 38-55.
18. Extension of a theorem of Mazurkiewicz. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1931) 287-293.
19. A plane arcwise connected im kleinen point set which is not strongly connected im kleinen. ibid. (1932) 531-532.
20. Point sets in three and higher dimensions and their investigation by means of a unified analysis situs. ibid. 649-692.
21. On the imbedding of subsets of a metric space in Jordan continua. Fund. Math. l9 (1932) 45-64.
22. On the linking of Jordan continua in En by (n - 2) cycles. Ann. of Math. 34 (1933) 441-449.
23. Concerning a problem of K. Borsuk. Fund. Math. 21 (1933) 156-167.
24. On the properties of domains and their boundaries in En. Math. Ann. 109 (1933) 273-306.
25. Concerning irreducible connected sets and irreducible regular connexes. Amer. J. Math. 56 (1934) 547-557.
26. Generaiized closed manifolds in n-space. Ann. of Math. 35 (1934) 876-903.
27. On free subsets of En. Fund. Math. 25 (1935) 200-208.
28. On locally connected spaces. Duke Math. J. I (1935) 543-555.
29. A characterization of manifold boundaries in En dependent only on lower dimensional connectivities of the complement. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 42 (1936) 436-441.
30. The strong symmetrical cut-sets of closed Euclidean n-space. Fund. Math. 27 (1936) 136-139.
31. The sphere in topology. American Mathematical Society Semicentennial Publications. V. 2 (1968) 136-184.
32. Sets which satisfy certain avoidability conditions. Cas. Pest. Mat. a Fysiky 67 (1937-38) 185-198.
33. Property S_n. Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939) 823-832.
34. Decompositions of compact metric spaces. Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941) 691-697.
35. Uniform local connectedness. Lectures in Topology. pp. 29-41. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1941.
36. Topology of manifolds. Amer. Math. Soc. Colloquium Publications, V. 32 (1949), 5+402 pp.
37. Introduction to the foundations of mathematics. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York; Chapman and Hall, Ltd., London, 1952 xiv+305 pp.
38. The origin and growth of mathematical concepts. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (1953) 423-448.
39. A type of connectivity. Proc. Inter. Cong. Mathematicians. Amsterdam 3 (1954) 264-64. (Abstract)
40. Concerning a problem of Alexandroff. Mich. Math. J. 3 (1955) 181-185.
41. Some consequences of a method of proof of J. H. C. Whitehead. Mich. Math. J. 4 (1957) 27-31.
42. Some mapping theorems, with applications to non-locally connected spaces. Algebraic geometry and topology. A symposium in honor of S. Lefschetz. pp. 378-388. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 1957.
43. Monotone mappings of manifolds. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 1519-1528.
44. Monotone mappings of manifolds. II. Mich. Math. J. 5 (1958) 19-23.
45. Local orientability. Colloq. Math. 6 (1958) 79-95.
46. Axiomatics and the development of creative talent. The Axiomatic Method. Ed. by L. Henkin, P. Suppes, and A. Taraki. Amsterdam (1959) 474-488.
47. The nature of modern mathematics (Russel Lecture for 1959). Mich. Alumnus Quarterly Review. 65 (1959) 302-312.
48. Mathematics: A cultural phenomenon. In Essays in the Science of Culture. Ed. by G. E. Dole and R. L. Carneiro, New York (1960) 471-485.
49. A certain class of topological properties. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1960) 205-239.
50. Extension of local and medial properties to compactifications with an application to Cech manifolds. Czech. Math. J. 11 (1961) 306-310.
51. A converse of a theorem of R. H. Bing and its generalizations. Fund. Math. 50 (1961) 119-122.
52. Material and method, in Undergraduate Research in Mathematics. Ed. v K. O. May and S. Schuster, Northfield, Minn. (1961) 9-27.
53. Freeneso in n-space, in Topology of 3-manifolds and Related Topics, M. K. Fort, ed., New York, Prentice-Hall (1962) 106-109.
54. Partially free subsets of Euclidean n-space. Mich. Math. J. 9 (1962) 97-107.
55. Topology: Its nature and significance. The Math. Teacher 55 (1962) 462-475.
56. A problem of Bing. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 54 (1965) 683-687.
57. An elementary property of closed coverings of manifolds. Mich. Math. J., 13 (1966) 49-55.
58. role of the axiomatic method. Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) 115-127.
59. The nature and role of research in mathematics, in Research: Definitions and Reflections (Essays on the occasion of the Uni versity of Michigan's Sesquicentennial), Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan (1967) 96-109.
60. The role of intuition. Science. 156 (1967) 605-610.
61. Addition and reduction theorems for medial properties. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (1968) 131-140.
62. Mathematics' Biotic Origins. Medical Opinion and Review. 5 (1969) 124-135.
63. nds and social implications of research. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 891-906.
64. Development of modern mathematics, in Historical Topics for the Mathematics Classroom, 31st Yearbook, Nat'l Council of Teachers of Math., Washington, D. C. (1969) 460-476.
65. The nature of research in mathematics, in The Spirit and Uses of the Mathematical Sciences, McGraw-Hill, New York (1969) 31-47.
66. The beginning teacher of college mathematics, in Effective College Teaching, Amer. Council on Education, Washington, D. C. (1970) 94-103.
67. Historical background of innovations in mathematics curricula in Mathematics Education , 69th Yearbook of Nat'l. Soc. for the Study of Educ., Part I, Univ. of Chicago Press (1970) 7-22.
68. The beginning teacher of college mathematics. CUPM Newsletter. December, No. 6 (1970).
69. The existence of certain types of manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc.. 91 (1959) 162-169. (with Curtis, M . L.)
70. On certain inequalities relating the Betti numbers of a manifold and its subsets. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 40 (1954) 207-209. (with Roth, J . P.)
Cohen, L . W. 02
1. On the mean ergodic theorem. Ann. of Math. (2) 41, 505-509 (1940).
2. On topological completeness. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46, 706-610 (1940)
3. Uniformity in topological space. Lectures in Topology, pp. 255-265. University of Mich. Press, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1941.
4. On linear equations in Hilbert space. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50, 729-733 (1944).
5. A non-Archimedian measure in the space of real sequences. Pacific J. Math. 6 (1956) 9-24.
6. A theory of transfinite convergence. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1949) 65-74. (with Goffman, C asper.)
7. The topology of ordered Abelian groups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 67 (1949) 310-319.
8. On completeness in the sense of Archimedes. Amer. J. Math. 72 (1950) 747-751.
9. On completeness and category in uniform space. Amer. J. Math. 72 (1950) 752-756.
10. On the metrization of uniform space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. (1950) 750-753
Single, P. M. 02
1. An unnecessary condition in two theorems of analysis situs. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1928) 607-618.
2. Certain type of continuous curve and related point sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1929) 544-556.
3. Generalized indecomposable continua. Amer. J. Math. 52 (1930) 647-658.
4. Generalizations of bioconnected sets. ibid. 53 (1931) 385-400.
5. Two types of connected sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1931) 254-258.
6. End-sets of continua irreducible between two points. Fund. Math. 17 (1931) 40-76.
7. Bioconnected and related sets. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 525-535.
8. A finitely-containing connected set. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 178-181.
9. Indecomposable connexes. ibid. 47 (1941) 796-803.
10. The closure of types of connected sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 178-185.
11. Local properties and sums of trajectories. Portugal. Math. 15 (1956) 89-103.
12. Sums of sets with indecomposable properties. ibid. 16 (1957) 129-144.
13. Higher dimensional indecomposable connected sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 816-819.
14. Connected sets of Van Vleck. ibid. 9 (1958) 477-482.
15. Algebras and connected sets of Vitali. Portugal. Math. 18 (1959) 69-85.
16. The existence of widely connected and biconnected semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 243-248.
17. Connected sets of Wada. Mich. Math. J. 8 (1961) 77-95.
18. Extended topologies and iteration and recursion of set-functions. Portugal. Math. 23 (1964) 103-129. (with Davis, H arvey S.)
19. Semigroups, continua and the set functions Tn. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 265-280. (with Davis, H . S.; Stadtlander, D . P.)
20. Properties of the set functions T . Portugal. Math. 21 (1962) 113-133.
21. Characterization of n-spheres by an excluded middle membrane principle. Mich. Math. J. 11 (1964) 53-59. (with Dickman, R . F.; Rubin, L . R.)
22. Another characterization of the n-sphere and related results. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 871-878.
23. Irreducible continua and generalization of hereditarily unicoherent continua by means of membranes. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 5 (1965) 416-426. Quoting from the paper in Mich. Math. J. 11 (1964) 53-59 (MR28 #4523).
24. Semigroups and clusters of indecomposability. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 21-23. (with Dickman, R . F.; Kelley, l. L. and Rubin, L . R.)
25. Core decompositions of continua. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 33-50. (with Fitzgerald, R. W.)
26. Indecomosable trajectories. Tohoku Math. J. (2) 10 (1958) 3-10. (with Hunter, R obert P.)
27. Concerning minimal generating subsets of semigroups. Portugal. Math. 20 (1961) 231-250. (with Kelley, J. L.)
Miller, E . W. 02
1. On subsets of a continuous curve which lie on an arc of the continuous curve. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 397-416.
2. On certain properties of Frechet L-spaces. Fund. Math. 26 (1936) 116-119.
3. On a property of families of sets. Comptes Rendus des Seances des Sciences et des Lettres de Varsovie, Classe II, 30 (1937) 31-38.
4. Some theorems on continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 150157.
5. A note on Souslin's problem. Amer. J. Math. 65 (1943) 673-678.
6. Concerning similarity transformations of linearly ordered sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 322-326. (with Dushnik, B en)
7. Partially ordered sets. Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941) 600-610.
8. Zero-dimensional families of sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 47 (1941) 921-923. (with Eilenberg, S amuel)
Vaughan, H . E. 02
1. On a class of metrics defining a metrizable space. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 44 (1938) 557-561.
2. On locally bicompact spaces. Fund. Math. 31 (1938) 15-21.
3. Well-ordered subsets and maximal members of ordered sets. Pacific J. Math. 2 (1952) 407-412.
4. On two theorems of plane topology. Amer. Math. Monthly 60 (1953) 462-468.
5. Characterization of the sine and cosine. ibid. 62 (1955) 707713.
6. Cliques and groups. Math. Gaz. 52 (1968) 347-350.
7. Hyperspheres associated with an n-simplex. Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) 384-392. (with Gabai, H yman)
8. The marriage problem. Amer. J. Math. 72 (1950) 214-215. (with Halmos, P aul R.)
Kaplan, S amuel 02
1. Homology properties of arbitrary subsets of Euclidean spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 62 (1947) 248-271.
2. A zero-dimensional topological group with a one-dimensional factor group. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 54 (1948) 964-968.
3. Extensions of the Pontrjagin duality. I. Infinite products. Duke Math. J. 15 (1948) 649-658.
4. Extensions of Pontrjagin duality. II. Direct and inverse sequence Duke Math. J. 17 (1950) 419-435.
5. Cartesian products of reals. Amer. J. Math. 74 (1952) 936-954.
6. Biorthogonality and integration. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 109-114.
7. On the second dual of the space of continuous functions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 86 (1957) 70-90.
8. The second dual of the space of continuous functions. II. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 93 (1959) 329-350.
9. The second dual of the space of continuous functions. III. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 101 (1961) 34-51.
10. The second dual of the space of continuous functions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 113 (1964) 512-546.
11. Closure properties of C(X) in its second dual. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 401-406.
12. The second dual of the space of continuous functions and the Riemann integer. Illinois J. Math. 12 (1968) 283-302.
Larguier, Everett H. 02
1. A matrix theory of n-dimensional measurement. Duke Math. J. 5 (1939) 729-739.
2. Postulational methods. Scripta Math. 8 (1941) 99-109.
3. Homology bases with applications to local connectedness. Pacific J. Math. 2 (1952) 191-208.
Curtis, M orton L. 02
1. Deformation-free continua. Ann. of Math. (2) 57 (1953) 231-247
2. Classification spaces for a class of fiber spaces. Ann. of Math. Vol. 60 (1954) 304-316.
3. A note on monotone deformation-free mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 437-438.
4. The covering theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 682-684
5. An imbedding theorem. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 349-351.
6. A note on Kosinski's r-spaces. Fund. Math. 46 (1958) 25-27.
7. elf-linked subgroups of semigroups. Amer. J. Math. 81 (1959) 889-892.
8. Homotopically homogeneous polyhedra. Mich. Math. J. 8 (1961) 55-60.
9. Cartesian products with intervals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 819-82.
10. Sllrinking continua in 3-space. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 57 (1961) 432-433.
11. Homotopy manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 102-104. PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
12. On 2-complexes in 4-space topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 204-207. PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
13. Smoothness conditions on continua in Euclidean space. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 277-281.
14. Knotted 2-spheres in the 4-sphere. Ann. of Math. (2) 70 (1959) 565-571. (with Andrews, J . J.)
15. n-space modulo an arc. Ann. of Math. (2) 75 (1962) 1-7.
16. Free groups and handle-bodies. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 192-195. (with Andrews, J . J.)
17. Etended Nielsen operations in free groups. Amer. Math. Monthly 73 (1966) 21-28.
18. Imbedding decompositions of E³ in E⁴. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 149-155. (with Bing, R . H.)
19. Groups which are cogroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 235-237. (with Dugundji, J ames)
20. Certain subgroups of the homotopy groups. Mich. Math. J. 4 (1957) 167-172. (with Fort, M. K., Jr.)
21. Homotopy groups of one-dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 8 (1957) 577-579.
22. Singular homology of one-dimensional spaces. Ann. of Math. (2) 69 (1959) 309-313.
23. The fundamental group of one-dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (l959) 140-148.
24. lnfinite sums of manifolds. Topology 3 (1965) 31-42. (with XXXliln, W.)
25. Homotopy equivalence of fiber bundles. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 178-182. (with R. Lashof.)
26. On product and bundle neighborhoods. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. I3 (1962) 934-937.
27. Celluarity of sets in products. Mich.. Math. J. 9 (196) 299-30. (with McMillan, D . R.)
28. The existence of certain types of manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 91 (1959) 152-160. (with Wilder, R . L.)
29. A theorem on dimension. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1952) 159-161. (with Young, G ail S.)
30. On the polyhedral Schoenflies theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (196) 888-889. (with Zeeman, E . C.)
31. Mislin, G uido
32. Two new H-spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 851-852.
33. A proof of deRham's theorem. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 265-268. (with Dugundji, J .)
34. Finite dimensional H-spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 77 (1971) 1-12
Rice Peter Milton 03
1. The Hauptvermutung and the polyhedral Schoenflies theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1965) 521-522.
2. Homotopically homogeneous spaces and manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 120 (1965) 247-254.
3. On manifold-like polyhedra. Mich. Math. J. 13 (1966) 375-376.
4. Taming knots. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 254.
5. r flows on R³. Math. Scand. 21 (1967) 128-135 (1968).
6. Actions on Z⁴ in S³. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969) 749-751.
Greathouse, Charles A. 03
1. Flat, locally tame, and tame embeddings. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 820-823.
2. Locally flat strings. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 415-418.
3. The equivalence of the annulus conjecture and the slab conjecture. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 716-717.
4. llullrity at the boundary of a manifold. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. ii (1965) 1334-1341.
Schaufele, C. B. 03
1. on Link groups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (196) 107-110.
2. Kernals of free abelian representations of a link group. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 535-539.
3. The commutator group of a doubled knot. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 677-681.
Dickinson, Alice 02
1. "S'7 condition, and uniform structures. Amer. .J. Math. 75 !1XXX '4-228.
Shoenfield, Joseph R. 02
1. Relative consistency proof. J. Symbolic Logic 19 (1954) 21-28.
2. The structure of locally compact groups. Mathematics Department, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina, 1956. 66 pp.
3. i-creative sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 964-967
4. Functionelles recursivement definissables et functionelles slves.C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 245 (1957) 399-402. (with Kreisel, Georg; Lacombe, Daniel)
5. On theoretic concepts and recursive well-orderings. Arch. de Logi. Grundlagenforsch. 5 (1960) 42-64. (with Kreisel Georg; Wang Hao)
6. A hierarchy baset on a type two object. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 134 (1968) 103-108.
7. Unramifiet forcing. Axiomatic Set Theory (Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. Vol. XIII part 1, Los Angeles, Calif., 1967) 357-381. American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 1971.
Anderson, David R. 03
1. st2nee theorem for a solution of fl()=F(x,f(g(x)). SIAM Rev. 3 (1966) 359-362.
Elliot Thomas J. 03
1. Extensions of algebra homomorphisms. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967)
Ji, John T. 02
1. Applications of algebraic topology to numerical analysis: on the siutin t t trL prLlLm. L Nat. Acad. Sci. (1955) 518-5XX1.
2. 'l JaLiditJ of Kron's method of tearing. ibid. 41 (1955) 599-600.
3. Algebraic topological methods for the synthesis of switching systems. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1958) 301-326.
4. -brl, topological methods in synthesis. Proc. Internat. Sympos. XXXXXXX Harvard Univ. Press.
5. Icati n algbraic topology: Kron's method of tearing. Quart. Appl. Math. 17 (1959) 1-24.
6. Minimization over Boolean trees. IBM J. Res. Develop. 4 (1960) 543-558.
7. Diagnosis of automata failures: A calculus and a method. IBM J. Res. Develop. 10 (1966) 278-291.
8. Programmed algorithms to compute tests to detect and distinguish between failures in logic circuits. IEEE Trans. Electronic Computers EC-16 (1967) 567-580. (with Bouricius, W illard G., Schneider, P eter R.)
9. Minimization over Boolean graphs. IBM J. Res. Develop. 6 (1962) 227-238.(with Karp, R. M.)
10. A rector method for solving linear equations and inverting matrices. J. Math. Phys. 35 (1956) 312-317. (with Scott, D . S.)
11. Algebraic topological methods for the synthesis of switching systems. III. Minimization of nonsingular Boolean trees. IBM J. Res. Develop. 3 (1959) 326-344. (with Wagner, E . C.)
12. On certain inequalities relating the Betti numbers of a manifold and it subsets. Pro. Nat. Acad. Sci. 40 (1954) 207-20. (with Wilder, R . L.)
Brahana Thomas R. 02
1. Products of quasi-complexes. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 954-95.
2. A theorem about Betti groups. Mich. Math. J. 4 (1957) 33-37.
3. Axioms for local homology theory. Duke Math. J. 25 (1958) 381-399
4. Products of generalized manifolds. Illinois J. Math. 2 (1958) 76-80.
5. On a class of isotopy invariants. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics (Proc. University of Georgia Institute, 1961) 235-237. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
6. mXXXXldi regular neighborhod of the singular locus of a 2 dimensional polyhedroll in 1.3. Duke Math. J. 30 (196) 215-220.
7. Homotopy for cellular set-valued functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 455-459. (with Fort M. K. , Tlorstman, Walt C. )
Patty, C . Wayne 03
1. Homotopy groups of certain deleted product .spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 369-373.
2. The homology of deleted products of trees. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 413-428.
3. The fundamental group of certain deleted product spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 105 (1962) 314-321.
4. A note on the homology of deleted product spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 800.
5. Isotopy invariants of trees. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 183-197.
6. Isotopy classes of imbeddings. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 128 (1967) 232-247.
7. Homology of deleted products of contractible 2-dimensional polyhedra. I. Canad. J. Math. 20 (1968) 416-44,1.
8. Homology o� deleted products of contractible 2 -dimensional polyhedra. II. Canadian J. Math. 20 (1968) 842-854.
9. Polyhedra whose deleted products have tht llomotopy type o the n-spheres. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969) 233-236.
10. Deleted products with homotopy types of spheres. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (1970) 223-240.
11. The comparison of topologies. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969) 325-331. (with Fletcher, P eter; Hoyle, H ughes B., III.)
12. Homology of teletet protucts of one-dimensional spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 151 (1970) 499-510.(with Copeland, A rthur H., Jr.)
13. Homology of deleted products of contractible 2-dimensional polyhetral. III Canadian J. Math. 22 (1971) 1217-1223.
Rhee, C hoon Jai 03
1. Homotopy groups for cellular set-valued functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. l9 (1968) 874-876.
2. A note on the Riemann mapping theorem. Kyungpook Math. J. 8 (1969) 47-48.
3. A short note on the Riemann mapping theorem. Kyungpook Math. J. 8 (198) 49-50.
4. Cohomotopy groups of closed bounded subsets in Banach spaces. Bull. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege 37 (1968) 381-386. (with Pak, J .)
Reed, B ruce E. 03
1. Representations of solvable Lie algebras. Mich. Math. J. 16 (1969) 27-233.
Gary, J ohn M. 02
1. Higher dimensional cyclic elements. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 1061-1070.
2. The topological structure of trajectories. Mich. Math. J. (1960) xxxx.
3. On certain finite difference schemes for hyperbolic systems. Math. Comp. 18 (1964) 1-18.
4. Hyman's method applied to the general eigenvalue problem. Math. Comp. 19 (1965) 314-316.
5. Computing eignevalues of ordinary differential equations by finite differences. Math. Comp. 19 (1965) 365-379.
6. A generalization of the Lax-Richtmyer theorem on finite difference schemes. SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 3 (1966) 467-473.
7. On convergence rates for line overrelaxation. Math. Comp. 21 (1967) 20-23.
8. A matrix method for ordinary differential eigenvalue problems. J. Computational Phys. 5 (1970) 169-187.(with Helgason, R ichard)
Raymond, F rank A. 02
1. A note on the local "C" groups of Griffiths. Mich. Math. J. 7 (1960) 1-5.
2. Separation and union theorems for generalized manifolds with boundary. Mich. Math. J. 7 (1960) 7-21.
3. The end point compactification of manifolds. Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960) 947-963.
4. Local cohomology groups with closed supports. Math Zeit. 76 (1961) 31-41.
5. The orbit spaces of totally disconnected groups of tranformations on manifods. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) l-7.
6. Local triviality for Hurewicz fiberings of manifolds. Topology 3 (1965) 43-57.
7. Some remarks on the co-efficients xxxxx in the theory of lonoloy manifolds. Pacific J. Math. 15 xxxxxxxx.
8. Two problems in the theory of generalized manifolds. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 353-356.
9. Classification of the actions of the circLe on 3-manifold.s. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 131 (l968) 61 -78.
10. Exotic PL actions which are topologically linear. Proc . Conf . on Transformation Groups (New Orleans, La., l967) pp 339-340 Springer, New York, 1968.
11. p-adic groups of transformations. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 99 (1968) 488-498. (with C. E. Bredon ; Williams , R. F. )
12. Generalized cells in generalized manifolcis. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 135-139. (with Kwun, K. W. )
13. Factors of cubes. Amer. J. Math. 84 (1960) 433-440.
14. Mapping cylinder neighborhoods. Mich. Math. J. 10 (1963) 353-357 .
15. Manifolds which are joins. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 111 (1964) 108-120 .
16. Almost acyclic maps of manifolds. Amer. J. Math. 86 (1964) 638-650 .
17. Spherical manifolds. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 397-401. (with and Kwun, K. W. )
18. Czech extensions of contraviant functors. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 133 (1968) 415-434. (with Lee, C. N. )
19. Examples of p-adic transformation groups. Ann. of Math. (2) 78 (1963) 92- 106 .
20. Cohomological and dimension theoretical properties of orbit spaces of p-adic actions. Proc. Conf. on Transformation Groups (New Orleans, Louisiana, 1967) 354-365. Springer, New York, 1968.
21. Actions of S0(2) on 3-manifolts. ibid. 297-318. (with Orlik, P eter
22. Actions of compact Lie groups on aspherical manifolts. ibit. 227-264. (with Conner, P . E.
23. Inective operations of the toral groups. Topology 10 (1971) 283-296.
24. On 3-manifolts with local S0(2) action. Quart. J. Math. Oxford Ser. (2) 20 (1969) 143-160. (with Orlik, P eter)
25. Actions of the torus on 4-manifolds. I. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 152 (1970) 531-559.
Kwun, Kyung Whan 02
1. A generalized manifold. Mich. Math. J. 6 (1959) 299-302.
2. A fundamental theorem on decompositions of th( plere into points and tame arcs. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 47-50.
3. A characterization of the n-sphere. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 101 (1961) 377-383.
4. Factors of N-space. Mich. Math. J. 9 (1962) 207-211
5. Upper semicontinuous decompositions of the n-sphere. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 284-290.
6. On 3-manifolds that are not simply connected. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 291-292.
7. An involution of the n-cell. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 443-446.
8. Product of Euclidean spaces with an arc. Annals. of Math.. xxxx9 (1964) 14-1xxx.
9. Uniqueness of the open cone neighborhood. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 476-479.
10. Factors of cubes. Amer. J. Math. 84 (1962) 433-440.
11. Mapping cylinder neighborhoods. Mich. Math. J. 10 (1963) 353-357.
12. Manifolds which are joins. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1964) 108-120.
13. Examples of generalized manifold approaches to topological manifolds. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 225-229.
14. Open manifolds with monotone union property. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 1091-1093.
15. Compactifications of n-space by an arc. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1133-1137.
16. Piecewise linear involutions of S¹×S². Mich. Math. J. 16 (1969) 93-96.
17. Involutions of the n-cell. Proc. Conf. on Tranformation Groups (New Orleans, La., 1967) pp. 343-344 Springer, New York, 1968.
18. Nonexistence of orientation reversing involutions on some manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 725-726.
19. 3-Manifolds which double-cover themselves. Amer. J. Math. 91 (1969) 441-452.
20. Infinite sums of manifolds. Topology 3 (1965) 31-42. (with Curtis, M . L.)
21. Shrinking a manifold in a manifold. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (1966) 259-261. (with Hocking, J . G.)
22. eneralized cells in generalized manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. ll (1960) 135-139. (with Raymond, F rank)
23. Almost acylic maps of manifolds. Amer. J. Math. 86 (1964) 650.
24. Spherical manifolds. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 397-401.
25. Product and sum theorems for Whitehead torsion. Ann. of Math. (2) 82 (1965) 183-190. (with Szczarba, R. H. )
26. scarcity of orientation-reversing PL involutions of lens spaces. Mich. Math. J. 17 (1970) 355-358.
Tollefson, Jeffrey 03
1. xxxmanfolds that cover themselves. Mich. Math. J. 16 (1969) 103-109.
2. Free involutions on non-prime 3-manifolds. Osaka J. Math. 7 (1970) 161-164.
3. A characterization of 3-manifolds that are protucts Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970) 604-611.
4. Imbedding free cyclic group actions in circle group actions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 671-673. (with Rogers, J ames T., Jr.
5. Homeomorphism groups of weak solenoidal spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 242-246. (with Rogers, J ames T., Jr.)
6. Homogeneous inverse limit spaces with nonregular covering maps as bonding maps. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 417-420.
Kelley, John E. 02
1. Peanian characterizations of E² and S². Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 907-916.
2. Compactness in the space of Radon measures. J. Functional Analysis 5 (1970) 259-298.
Morava, J ack J. 03
1. Fretholm maps ant Gysen homomorphisms. Global Analysis. (Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., Vol. XV, Berkeley, Calif., 1968) 135-136. American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 1970.
Grilliot, T . J. 03
1. Selection functions for recursive functionals. Notre Dame J. Formal Logic 10 (1969) 225-234.
Boals, A lfred 03
1. on-manifold factors of Euclidean spaces. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 159-177.
Lubben, R . G. 01
1. Concerning limiting sets in abstract spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (1928) 668-685.
2. The double elliptic case of the Lie-Rieman-Helmholtz-Hilbert problem of the fountations of geometry. Fund. Math. 11 (1928) 35-95.
3. Separation theorems with applications to questions concerning approachability and plane continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 31 (1929) 503-52.
4. Concerning limiting sets in abstract spaces. III. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 43 (1938) 482-493.
5. Separabilities of arbitrary orders and related properties. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 913-919.
6. Concerning the decomposition ant amalgamation of pts., upper semicontinuous collections, and topological extensions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 49 (1941) 410-466.

Gordon T. Whyburn and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Harry, C . H., Johns Hopkins University, 1932
02 Aitchison, B arbara, Johns Hopkins University, 1933
02 Wheeler, C harles, III, Johns Hopkins University, 1933
02 Schweigart G. E., Johns Hopkins University, 1934
02 Wardwell , James F ., Johns Hopkins University , 1935
02 Hall, D ick Wick, University of Virginia, 1938
  03 Haywoot, Stuart T., University of Maryland, 1950
  03 Boyer, J ean Marie, University of Marylant, 1951
  03 Siry, J oseph W., University of Maryland, 1953
  03 Rector , Robert W., University of Maryland , 1956
  03 Strohl , George R., University of Maryland , 1956
02 Wallace, A . D., University of Virginia, 1939
  03 Saalfrank, Pennsylvania University, 1948
  03 Butcher, G eorge, Pennsylvania University, 1951
  03 Conner, W illiam, Tulane University, 1951
  03 Keesee, John, Tulane University, 1951
   04 Blakemore, C arol, University of Arkansas, 1968
   04 BraSher, R us, University of Arkansas, 1968
   04 Starling, G reg, University of Arkansas, 1969
  03 Strother, W . L., Tulane University, 1952
   04 Day, J ane Maxwell, University of Florida, 1964
  03 Cohen, H askell, Tulane University, 1953
   04 DeVun, E smond E., University of Massachusetts, 1969
  03 Gordon, W illiam, Tulane University, 1953
  03 Koch, Robert J., Tulane University, 1953
   04 Rothman, N . J., Louisiana State University, 1958
    05 Bergman , John G., University of Illinois , 1968
    05 Schuh, M ark, University of Illinois, 1971
   04 Hunter , R. P., Louisiana State Unlversity, 1958
    05 Selden , John , Jr ., University of Georgia , 1963
     06 Madison, B ernard, University of Kentucky, 1967
     06 Stepp , James W., University of Kentucky, 1968
     06 Kinch, L., University of Kentucky, 1969
    05 Bastita, Jullo, University of Georgia, 1963
    05 Stadtlander , David , Pennsylvania State Univ ., 1966
   04 Brown, D ennison R., Louisiana State University, 1963
    05 Hildebrantt , J., University of Tennessee , 1965
    05 Lawson, Jimmie, University of Tennessee, 1967
     06 Lea, Jim, Louisiana State University, 1971
    05 Farley, R euben, University of Tennessee, 1968
    05 Hinman, B etty, University of Houston, 1971
    05 Lau , Yiu-Wa tAugust), University of Houston , 1971
   04 Friedberg, M ichael, Louisiana State University, 1964
   04 Clark, C . E., Louisiana State University, 1966
    05 Collins , Michael F., University of Missouri , 1970
   04 Carruth, J . H., University of Missouri, 1966
    05 Mislove, M ichael W., University of Tennessee, 1969
   04 Eberhart , C . A ., Louisiana State University , 1966
   04 Williams, W . W., Louisiana State University, 1969
   04 McCharen, J . D., Louisiana State University, 1969
   04 L'Heureux, J. H., Louisiana State University, 1969
  03 Ward, L . E., Tulane University, 1953
   04 Smithson, R aymond E., Universty of Oregon, 1962
   04 Harris, J . K., Univerity of Oregon, 1962
   04 Lee, Yu-Lee, University of Oregon, 1969
    05 Propes, R ichard, Kansas State University, 1969
    05 Yeung, H enderson C. H., Kansas State Univ., 1971
   04 Dimitroff, G . E., University of Oregon, 1964
   04 Knight, Virginia Walsh, University of Oregon, 1967
   04 Ferguson, E . N., University of Oregon, 1967
   04 Mohler, L . K., University of Oregon, 1968
   04 Tucker, L . D., University of Oregon, 1969
  03 Anderson, L ee W., Tulane University, 1956
   04 Stralka, Albert R., Pennsylvania State Univ., 1967
  03 Faucett, W illiam, Tulane University, 1955
  03 Lin, Y ou-Feng, Florida University, 1964
  03 Borrego, J . T., Jr., Florida University, 1966
   04 Sheldon, W illiam L., University of Massachusetts, 1970
  03 Lin, S. Y., Florida University, 1966
  03 Choe, T ae Ho, Florida University, 1967
  03 Sigmon, K . N., Florida University, 1967
  03 Shershin, A nthony, Florida University, 1968
  03 Chae, Y ., Florida University,
  03 Khuri, A., Florida University,
  03 Robbie, D . A., Florida University,
02 Kelley, John L., University of Virginia, 1940
  03 Fell, J . Michael Gardner, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1951
  03 Koosis, Paul Jacob, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1954
  03 Prosser, R eese Trego, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1955
  03 Namioka, I saac, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1956
  03 Bear, H erbert S., Jr., Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1957
  03 Kallin, Eva Marianne, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1963
  03 Singh, V ashishta Narayan, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley, 1969
02 White, P . A., University of Virginia, 1942
02 Clark, C . L., University of Virginia, 1944
  03 Hoggatt, V erner E., Jr., Oregon State University, 1955
02 Floyd, E . E., University of Virginia, 1948
02 Fort, M. K., University of Virginia, 1948
  03 Lyttle, R . A., University of Georgia, 1955
  03 Andrews, J . J., University of Georgia, 1957
   04 Rubin, L eonard, Florida State University, 1965
   04 Husch, L awrence S., Florida State University, 1967
   04 Tindell, R alph S., Florida State University, 1967
  03 Boswell, R . D., University of Georgia, 1957
  03 Segal, J ack, University of Georgia, 1960
   04 Clapp, M ichael Howard, Univ. of Washington, 1968
   04 Farmer, F rank Davis, Univ. of Washington, 1970
02 Kasriel, Robert H., University of Virginia, 1953
  03 Cain, G eorge L., Georgia Institute of Technology, 1965
   04 Wertheimer, S tanley J., Georgia Inst. Tech., 1970 xxxxx
  03 Fuller , Richard V ., Georgia Inst . of Technology , 1967
  03 Brown , David L ., Georgia Institute of Technology , 1970
  03 Wertheimer, S tanley J., Georgia Inst. of Tech., 1970 xxxx (with G. L. Cain)
02 Plunkett , R. L., University of Virginia, 1953
  03 Morris, J oseph Richard, University of Alabama, 1969
02 Williams , Robert F., University of Virginia , 1954
  03 Simon, C arl, Northwestern University, 1970
  03 Gibbons, J oel, Northwestern University, 1970
02 Malbon, W . 1., University of Virginia, 1955
02 Jollensten, R. W., University of Virginia, 1956
02 McDougle , P . E ., University of Virginia , 1958
02 Duda, E dwin, University of Virginia, 1961
  03 Keesling , James E ., University of Florida , 1968
  03 Haynsworth, W illiam Hugh, University of Florida, 1968
  03 Smith, J ack Warren, University of Florida, 1969
02 Williams, G. K., University of Virginia, 1964
02 Duke , R. A., University of Virginia , 1965
02 Dickman , R. F ., University of Virginia , 1966
02 Stone, E . A., University of Virginia, 1966
02 Garcia-Maynez , A . C ., University of Virginia , 1968
02 McMillan, E velyn, University of Virginia, 1968
   04 Friedberg, M ichael
    05 Karvellas, Paul, University of Houston, 1972

Publications of Gordon T.Whyburn and his Mathematical Descendants

Whyburn, G ordon T. 02
1. Concerning certain types of continuous curves. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 12 (1926 ) 7 61-7 67 .
2. Two-way continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1926) 659-662 .
3. Concerning connected and regular point sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. (1927) 685-689.
4. Concerning continua in the plane. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1927) 369-400.
5. Concerning point sets which can be made connected by the addition of a simple continuous arc. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1927) 746-754.
6. Concerning the disconnection of continua by the omission of pairs of their points. Fund. Math. 10 (1927) 180-185.
7. Concerning the open subsets of a plane continuous curve. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 13 (1927) 650-657.
8. Cyclicly connected continuous curves. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 13 (1927) 31-38 .
9. Some properties of continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1927) 305-308 .
10. The most general closed point set over which a continuous function may be defined by certain properties. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1927) 185-188.
11. Concerning accessibility in the plane and regular accessibility in n dimensions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1928) 504-510.
12. Concerning Menger regular curves. Fund. Math. 12 (1928) 264-294.
13. Concerning plane closed point sets which are accessible from certain subsets of their complements. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 14 (1928) 657-666.
14. Concerning the complementary domains of continua. Ann. of Math. 29 (1928) 399-411.
15. Concerning the cut points of continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 39 (1928) 597-609.
16. Concerning the structure of a continuous curve. Amer. J. Math. 50 (1928) 167-194.
17. On a problem of W L. Ayres. Fund. Math. 11 (1928) 298-301.
18. On certain accessible points of plane continua. Montash. Math. Phys. 35 (1928) 289-304.
19. On continuous curves in n-dimensions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1928) 349-360. (with Ayres, W . L.)
20. The behavior of 2-phenyl semicarbazones upon oxidation. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 50 (1928) 905-912. (with Bailey, J . R.)
21. A generalized notion of accessibility. Fund. Math. 14 (1929) 311-326.
22. Concerning collections of cuttings of connected point sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 35 (1929) 87-104.
23. Concerning points of continuous curves defined by certain im kleinen properties. Math. Ann. 102 1929) 313-336.
24. Continuous curves and arc-sums. Fund. Math. 14 (1929) 103-106.
25. Concerning irreducible cuttings of continua. Fund. Math. 13 (1929) 42-57.
26. Local separating points of continua. Montash. Math. Phys. 36 (1929) 305-314.
27. On regular points of continua and regular curves of at most order n. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 35 (1929) 218-224.
28. On simple closed curves. Bull. Internat. Acad. Polon. Sci. Lett. Cl. Sci. Math. Nat. Ser. A. 1929, No. 6A, 280-298.
29. A continuum every subcontinuum of which separates the plane. Amer. J. Math. 52 (1930) 319-330.
30. Cut points of connected sets and of continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1930) 147-154.
31. On the set of all cut points of a continuous curve. Fund. Math. 15 (1930) 185-194.
32. On the structure of connected and connected im kleinen point sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1930) 926-943.
33. ptntAllv regular point sets Fund. Math. 16 (1930) 160-172.
34. Sur l'accessibilite des continus plans. Fund. Math. 15 (1930) 322-323.
35. Sur les elements cycliques et leurs applications. Fund. Math. 16 (1930) 305-331. (with Kuratowski, C.)
36. Sur les separations irreducibles. Fund. Math. 16 (1930) 77-80.
37. The rationality of certain continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1930) 522-524.
38. A junction property of locally connected sets. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 753-756.
39. Concerning addition of regular curves. Monatsh. Math. Phys. 38 (1931) 1-4.
40. Concerning continuous images of the interval. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 670-674.
41. Concerning hereditarily locally connected continua. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 374-384.
42. Concerning the proposition that every closed compact and totally disconnected set of points is a subset of an arc. Fund. Math. 18 (1931) 47-60.
43. Concerning the subsets of regular curves. Monatsh. Math. Phys. 38 (1931) 85-88.
44. Continuous curves without local separating points. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 163-166.
45. Non-separated cuttings of connected point sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1931) 444-454.
46. On the divisibility of locally connected spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1931) 734-736.
47. On the cyclic connectivity theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1931) 429-433.
48. The cyclic and higher connectivity of locally connected spaces. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 427-442.
49. A certain transformation on metric spaces. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 367-375.
50. A note on spaces which have the S property. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 536-538. l
51. On the decomposability of closed sets into a countable number of simple sets of various types. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 169-175.
52. On the construction of simple arcs. Amer. J. Math. 54 (1932) 518-524.
53. Characterization of certain curves by continuous functions defined upon them. Amer. J. Math. 55 (1933) 131-134.
54. Concerning S-regions in locally connected continua. Fund. Math. 20 (1933) 131-139.
55. Decompositions of continua by means of local separating points. Amer. J. Math. 55 (1933) 437-457.
56. On the existence of totally imperfect and punctiform connected subsets in a given continuum. Amer. J. Math. 55 (1933) 146-152.
57. Sets of local separating points of a continuum. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 39 (1933) 97-100.
58. Concerning maximal sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 40 (1934) 159164.
59. Cyclic elements of higher orders. Amer. J. Math. 56 (1934) 133-146.
60. Non-alternating transformations. Amer. J. Math. 56 (1934) 294-302.
61. A decomposition theorem for closed sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1935) 95-96.
62. Concerning continua of finite degree and local separating points. Amer. J. Math. 57 (1935) 11-16.
63. Generalized perfect sets. Duke Math. J. 1 (1935) 35-38.
64. On sequences and limiting sets. Fund. Math. 25 (1935) 408-426.
65. Regular convergence and monotone transformations. Amer. J. Math. 57 (1935) 902-906.
66. Arc preserving transformations. Amer. J. Math. 58 (1936) 305312.
67. Completely alternating transformations. Fund. Math. 27 (1936) 140-146.
68. Concerning rationality bases for curves. Erebnisse eines, Math. Kolloq. 7 (1936) 58-60.
69. On continua of condensation. Amer. J. Math. 58 (1936) 705-708.
70. On the structure of continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 42 (1936) 49-73.
71. Semi-closed sets and collections. Duke Math. J. 2 (1936) 685-690.
72. Interior transformations on compact sets. Duke Math. J. 3 (1937) 370-381.
73. A theorem on interior transformations. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 44 (1938) 414-416.
74. Interior surface transformations. Duke Math. J. 4 (1938) 626-634.
75. Interior transformations on certain curves. Duke Math. J. 4 (1938) 607-612.
76. Interior transformations on surfaces. Amer. J. Math. 60 (1938) 477-490.
77. The mapping of Betti groups under interior transformations. Duke Math. J. 4 (1938) 1-8.
78. Non-alternating interior retracting transformations. Ann. of Math. 40 (1939) 914-921. MRl,45.
79. On irreducibility of transformations. Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939) 820-822. MRl,45.
80. Semi-locally connected sets. Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939) 733-749.
81. The existence of certain transformations. Duke Math. J. 5 (1939) 647-655. MRl,30.
82. A relation between non-alternating and interior transformations. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 320-321, MRl,319.
83. (with D. W. Hall), Arc- and tree-preserving transformations. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1940) 63-71. MRl,319.
84. Analytic topology. Amer. Math. Soc. Colloq. Publ., Vol. 28, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, R. I., 1942; rev. ed., 1955. MR4,86.
85. On the interiority of real functions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1942) 942-945. MR4,224.
86. What is a curve? Amer. Math. Monthly 49 (1942) 493-497; Studies in Modern Topology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1968 pp. 23-38. MR4,89; MR38,895.
87. Homotopy reductions of mappings into the circle. Duke Math. J. 11 (1944) 35-42. MR5,213.
88. Interior mappings into the circle. Duke Math. J. 11 (1944) 431-434. MR6,164.
89. Topological analog of the Weierstrass double series theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50 (1944) 242-245. MR5,274.
90. Boundary alternation of monotone mappings. Duke Math. J. 12 (1945) 663-667. MR7,336.
91. Coherent and saturated collections. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 57 (1945) 287-298. MR6,182.
92. Extensions of plane continua mappings. Amer. J. Math. 67 (1945) 505-520. MR7,136.
93. Uniqueness of the inverse of a transformation. Duke Math. J. 12 (1945) 317-323. MR7,36.
94. On monotone retractability into simple arcs. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 109-112. MR7,468.
95. On locally simple curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947) 986992. MR9,196.
96. On n-arc connectedness. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 63 (1948) 452-456. MR10,138.
97. Sequence approximations to interior mappings. Ann. Soc. Polon. Math. 21 (1948) 147-152. MR10,261.
98. Continuous decompositions. Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1949) 218-226. MR10,317.
99. Modern development of mathematics. Va. J. Science 1 (1950) 93-102.
100. Open and closed mappings. Duke Math. J. 17 (1950) 69-74. MR11,194.
101. Open mappings on locally compact spaces. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. No. 1, (1950) 24 pp. MR13,764.
102. An open mapping approach to Hurwitz's theorem. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1951) 113-119. MRl3,149.
103. On k-fold irreducibility of mappings. Amer. J. Math. 74 (1952) 910-912. MR14,305.
104. On quasi-compact mappings. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 445-446. MR14,192.
105. A unified space for mappings. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1953) 344-350. MR14,669.
106. Introductory topological analysis. Lectures on Functions of a Complex Variable, Univ. of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1955, pp. 1-14. MR16,1140.
107. Relative quasi-compactness of mappings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 41 (1955) 974-978. MR19,568.
108. Set-theoretic topology-present and future, and Structure of continua. Summary of Lectures and Seminars, Summer Institute on Set Theoretic Topology. 1955, pp. 6. 67-68.
109. Mappings on inverse sets. Duke Math. J. 23 (1956) 237-240. MR20,4822.
110. Topological analysis. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 62 (1956) 204-218. MR17,1229.
111. Dimension and non-density preservation of mappings. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 1243-1249. MR20,1299.
112. Quasi-open mappings. Rev. Math. Pures Appl. 2 (1957) 47-52. MR20,1300.
113. Sense and orientation on the disk. Amer. Math. Monthly 64 (1957) No. 8, part II, 103-106. MR20,4816.
114. Uniform convergence for monotone mappings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 43 (1957) 992-998. MR20,280.
115. On convergence of mappings. Colloq. Math. 6 (1958) 311-318. MR20,7256.
116. On the invariance of openness. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 44 (1958) 464-466. MR21,2216.
117. Topological analysis. Princeton Math. Series, No. 23, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N.J., 1958; 2nd rev. ed., 1964. MR20,6081; MR29,2758.
118. Topological characterization of the Sierpinski curve. Fund. Math. 45 (1958) 320-324. MR20,6077.
119. Compactness of certain mappings. Amer. J. Math. 81 (1959) 306314. MR22,1881.
120. Mapping norms. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 45 (1959) 1431-1436. MR21,6578.
121. Convergence in norm. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 46 (1960) 16141617. MR22,8476.
122. Non-obstructing sets and related mappings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 46 (1960) 1244-1247. MR23,A624.
123. Norms for open mappings. J. London Math. Soc. 35 (1960) 302-309. MR23,1825.
124. Compressibility and uniform convergence. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (1961) 1843-1847. MR24,A2372.
125. Open mappings on 2-dimensional manifolds. J. Math. Mech. 10 (1961) 181-197. MR27,2967.
126. A measure distortion mapping. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 48 (1962) 19221924. MR26,1857.
127. Decomposition spaces. Topology of 3-manifolds and Related Topics (Proc. of Georgia Inst., 1961) Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1962, pp. 2-4. MR25,4499.
128. Developments in topological analysis. Fund. Math. 50 (1961/62) 305-318. MR29,3651.
129. Monotoneity of limit mappings. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 465-470. MR26,6935.
130. The Cauchy inequality in topological analysis. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 48 (1962) 1335-1336. MR32,4281.
131. Generic and related mappings. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 757-761. MR28,1588.
132. Simplification of mappings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A 50 (1963) 431-435. MR27,4210.
133. On compactness of mappings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 52 (1964) 1426-1431. MR31,722.
134. Continuity of multifunctions. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A 54 (1965) 1494-1501. M32,6423.
135. Directed families of sets and closedness of functions. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A 54 (1965) 688-692. MR32,435.
136. Compactification of mappings. Math. Ann. 166 (1966) 168-174. MR34,791.
137. Connectivity of peripherally continuous functions. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 55 (1966) 1040-1041. MR33,4902.
138. Functions and multifunctions, University of Virginia Lecture Notes, 1966/67. (assisted by John H. V. Hunt)
139. General topology and mapping theory, University of Virginia Lecture Notes. (assisted by R. F. Dickman, 1964/65; revised in 1966/67 with assistance of John H. V. Hunt, A. C. GarciaMaynes and Richard Sarchet)
140. Loosely closed sets and partially continuous functions. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 193-205. MR34,8387.
141. Quasi-closed sets and fixed points. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 57 (1967) 201-205. MR35,1006.
142. Cut points in general topological spaces. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 61 (1968) 380-387. MR39,3463.
143. Introductory topology, University of Virginia Lecture Notes (manuscript). (with the assistance of W. C. Chewning and Margaret Moody)
144. Retracting multifunctions. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 59 (1968) 343-348. MR37,3543.
145. Inward motions in connected spaces. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 63 (1969) 271-274.
146. Accessibility spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 181-185. MR40,1973.
147. Locally cohesive spaces. Proc. Kanpur Topological Conference, 1968.
148. Functional movements in dendritic structures. Proc. Kanpur Topological Conference, 1968.
149. Dynamic topology. Amer. Math. Monthly 77 (1970) 556-570.
Atchison, Barbara 02
1. Concerning regular accessibility. Fund. Math. 20 (1933) 116-125.
2. On the mapping of locally connected continua into simple arcs. Comptes Rendus des Seances de la Societe des Sciences et des Lettres de Varsovie, Classe III, 27 (1934) 130-146.
Schweigert, G . E. 02
1. The analysis of certain curves by means of derived local separating points. Amer. J. Math. 58 (1936) 329-335.
2. A note on the limit of orbits. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 963-969.
3. Minimal A-sets, infinite orbits, and fixed elements. ibid. 49 (1943) 754-758.
4. Fixed elements and periodic types for homeomorphisms on s. l. c. continua. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 29 (1943) 52-54.
5. Fixed elements and periodic types for homeomorphisms on s. l. c. continua. Amer. J. Math. 66 (1944) 229-244.
  On the group of homeomorphisms of an arc. Ann. of Math. (2) 62 (1955) 237-253. (with Nathan J. Fine.)
Wardwell, J . F. 02
1. Continuous transformations preserving all topological properties. Amer. J. Math. 58 (1936) 709-726.
Hall, D . W. 02
1. An example in the theory of pointwise periodic homeomorphisms. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45 (1939) 882-885.
2. On a decomposition of true cyclic elements. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 47 (1940) 305-321.
3. A partial solution of a problem of J. R. Kline. Duke Math. J. 9 (1942) 893-901.
4. A note on primitive skew curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 49 (1943) 935-936.
5. On rotation groups of plane continuous curves under pointwise periodic homeomorphisms. ibid. 50 (1944) 715-718.
6. A note on Peano spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1950) 231232. (with Boyer, J ean M.)
7. Periodic types of transformations. Duke Math. J. 8 (1941) 625-630. (with Kelley, J. L.)
8. Coloring six-rings. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 64 (1948) 184-191. (with Lewis, J. C.)
9. Strongly arcwise connected spaces. Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941) 554-562. (with Puckett, W . T.,Jr.)
10. Conditions for the continuity of arc-preserving transformations. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 47 (1941) 468-475.
11. The chromatic polynomial of the truncated icosahedron. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 620-628. (with Siry, J . W.; Vanderslice, B. R.)
12. Arc and tree-preserving transformations. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1940) 63-71. (with Whyburn, G . T.)
13. Elementary topology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York; Chapman & Hall, Ltd. London, 1955. xii+303 pp. (with Spencer, G uilford, II.)
14. Comments on the cores of certain classes of spaces. Ann. of Math. (2) 48 (1947) 710-716. (with Youngs, J . W. T.)
Boyer, J ean Marie 03
1. A note on Peano spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1950) 231-232. (with Hall, D . W.)
Siry, J oseph W. 03
1. Satellite lauching vehicle trajectories. Proc. Sympos. Appl. Math. Vol. 9, pp. 75-144. American Mathematical Society, Providence, R. I., 1959.
2. The chromatic polynomial of the truncated icosahedron. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 620-628. (with Hall, D . W.; Vanderslice, B. R.)
Strohl, G . Ralph 03
1. Peano spaces which are either strongly cyclic or two-cyclic. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 86 (1957) 297-308.
Kelley, John L. 02
1. A metric connected with property S. Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939) 764-768 .
2. Fixed sets under homeomorphisms. Duke Math. J. 5 (1939) 535-537.
3. A decomposition of compact continua and related theorems on fixed sets under continuous transformations. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 26 (1940) 192-194 .
4. Hyperspaces of a continuum. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1942) 22-36.
5. Simple links and fixed sets under continuous mappings. Amer. J. Math. 69 (1947) 348-356.
6. Convergence in topology. Duke Math. J. 17 (195G) 277-283.
7. The Tychonoff product theorem implies the axiom of choice. Fund. Math. 37 (1950) 75-76.
8. Note on a theorem of Krein and Milman. J. Osaka Inst. Sci. Tech. Part I. 3 (1951) 1-2.
9. Commutative operator algebras . Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 38 (1952) 598-605 .
10. Banach spaces with the extension property. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1952) 323-326.
11. General topology. D. Van Nostrand Company, Inc., Toronto-New YorkLondon, 1955, xiv+298 pp. (A. H. Stone) 16-1136.
12. On mappings of plane sets. Colloq. Math. 6 (158) 153-154.
13. Hypercomplete linear topological spaces. Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 10 (1958) 2-3.
14. Averaging operators on C (X). Illinois J. Math. 2 (1958) 214-223.
15. Hypercomplete linear topological spaces. Mich. Math. J. 5 (1958) 235-246 .
16. Measures on Boolean algebras. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 11651177 .
17. Introduction to modern algebra. The University Series in Undergraduate Mathematics. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc. Princeton, N. J., Toronto-London-New York, 1960. x+338 pp.
18. Descriptions of Cech cohomology. General Topology and its Relations to Modern Analysis and Algebra (Proc. Sympos., Prague, 1961) pp. 235-237. Academic Press, New York; Publ. House Czech. Acad. Sci., Progue, 1962.
19. Duality for compact groups. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 49 (1963) 457-458.
20. Decomposition and representation theorems in measure theory. Math. Ann. 163 (1966) 89-94.
21. General Topology. Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, 1962, 336 pp.
22. Characterizations of the space of continuous functions over a compact Hausorff space. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 62 (1947) 499508. (with Arens, R . F.)
23. An algebra of unbounded operators. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S.A 38 (1952) 592-598. (with Fell, J . M. G.)
  (with Hall, D . W.)
24. Periodic types of transformations. Duke Math. J. 8 (1941) 625-630. (with Hall, D . W.)
25. Exterlod ballistics. The University of Denver Press, Denver, Colo., 1953, xii+834 pp. (1 plate). (with McShane, E . J.; Franklin, V .)
26. Invariant measures. Math. Ann. 148 (1962) 98-124. (with Morse A. P.)
27. Linear topological spaces. With the collaboration of W. F. Donoghue, Jr., Kenneth R. Lucas, B. J. Pettis, Ebbethue Paulsen, G. Baley Price, Wendy Robertson, W . R. Scott, Kennan T. Smith. The University Series in Higher Mathematics. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, J. J., 1963, xv+256 pp. (with Namioka, I ssac)
28. Exact homomorphism sequences in homology theory. Ann. of Math. (2) 48 (1947) 682-709. (with Pitcher, E verett.)
29. The positive cone in Banach algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1953) 44-55. (with Vaught, R . L.)
Fell J. M. G. 03
1. The measure ring for a cube of arbitrary dimensions. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 513-517.
2. A note on abstract measure. ibid. 6 (1956) 43-45.
3. Representations of weakly closed algebras. Math. Ann. 133 (1957) 118-126.
4. C -algebras with smooth dual. Illinois J. Math. 4 (1960) 221-230.
5. The dual spaces of C -algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 94 (1960) 365-403.
6. Weak containment and induced representations of groups. Canad. J. Math. 14 (1962) 237-268.
7. A new proof that nilpotent groups are CCR. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 93-99.
8. A Hausdorff topology for the closed subsets of a locally compact nonHausdorff space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 472-476.
9. Weak containment and Kronecker products of group representations. Pacific J. Math. 13 (1963) 503-510.
10. Weak containment and induced representations of groups. II. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 110 (1964) 424-447.
11. The structure of algebras of operator fields. Acta. Math. 106 (1961) 233-280.
12. The dual spaces of Banach algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 114 (1954) 227-250.
13. Non-unitary dual spaces of groups. Acta. Math. 114 (1965) 267-310.
14. Algebras and fiber bundles. Pacific J. Math. 16 (1966) 497-503.
15. Comparisor. des mesures portees par unensemble convexe compact. Bull. Soc. Math. France 92 (1964) 435-445. (with Cartier, P ierre; Meyer, P aul-Andre.)
16. Conjugating representations and related results on semisimple Lie groups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 127 (1967) 405-426.
17. An extension of Mackey's method to algebraic bundles over finite groups. Amer. J. Math. 91 (1969) 203-238.
18. Separable representations of rings of operators. Ann. of Math. (2) 65 (1957) 241-249. (with Feldman, J acob.)
19. An algebra of unbounded operatores. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 38 (1952) 592-598. (with Kelley, J. L.)
20. On algebras whose factor algebras are Boolean. Pacific J. Math. 2 (1952) 297-318. (with Tarski, A lfred.)
21. Eine Bemerkungen uber vollsymmetrische Banachshe Algebren. Arch. Math. 12 (1961) 69-70. (with Thoma, E lmar.)
Koosis Paul 03
1. Note sur les fonctions moyenne-periodiques. Ann. Inst. Fourier, Grenoble 6 (1955-1956) 357-360.
2. One dimensional repeating curves in the non-degenerate case. Contributions to the theory of nonlinear oscillations, vol. 3, pp. 277-285. Annals of Mathematics Studies, no. 36. Princeton University Press, Princeton, J. J., 1956.
3. On functions ich are mean periodic on a half-line. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 10 (1957) 133-149.
4. Interior compact spaces of functions on a half-line. Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 10 (1957) 583-615.
5. A completeness theorem. Portugal. Math. 15 (1956) 111-113.
6. Approximation of certain functions by exponentials on a half line. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 428-435.
7. An irreducible unitary representation of a compact group is finite dimensional. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 712-715.
8. Sur la non-totalite de certaines suites d'exponentielles sur des intervalles assez longs. Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 75 (1958) 125-152.
9. Nouvelle demonstration des zeros d'une fonction de type exponentiel, bornee sur l'axe reel. Bull. Soc. Math. France 86 (1958) 27-40.
10. Proof of a theorem of the brothers Riesz. Studia Math. 17 (1958) 295-298.
11. Les sous-espaces interieurement compacts de 12 (0,). Seminaire P. Lelong, 1968/69, exp. 9, 4 pp. Faculte des Sciences de Paris, 1959.
12. Sur un theoreme remarquable de M. Malliavin. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 249 (1959) 352-354.
13. Sur la totalite des systemes d' exponentielles imaginaires. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 250 (1960) 2102-2103.
14. Sur un theoreme de Paul Cohen. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 259 (1969) 1380-1382.
15. Sue l'approximation ponderee par des polynomes et par des sommes d'exponentielles imaginaires. Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 81 (1964) 387-408.
16. On the spectral analysis of bounded functions. Pacific J. Math. 16 (1966) 121-128.
17. Solution du probleme de Bernstein sur les entiers. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. A-B 262 (1966) A1100-A1102.
18. L'approximation ponderee sur des progressions arithmetiques d'intervalles ou de points. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 26 (1965) 30223024.
19. Weighted polynomial approximation on arithmetic progressions of intervals or points. Acta. Math. 116 (1966) 223-277.
Prosser R. T. 03
1. On the consistency of quantum field theory. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 552-557.
2. Relativistic potential scattering. J. Math. Phys. 4 (1963) 1048-1054.
3. On the ideal structure of operator algebras. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. No. 45 (1963) ii+28 pp.
4. Segal's quantization procedure. J. Math. Phys. 5 (1964) 701-707. No. 45 (1963) ii+28 pp.
5. Convergent perturbation expansions for certain wave operators. J. Math. Phys. 5 (1964) 708-713.
6. A new formulation of particle mechanics. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. No. 61 (1966) 57 pp.
7. A multidimensional sampling theorem. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 16 (1966) 574-584.
8. The xxxx-entropy and xxxx-capacity of certain time-varying channels. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 16 (1966) 553-574.
9. On a similarity invariant for compact operators. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 134 (1968) 171-181.
10. Formal solutions of inverse scattering problems. J. Math. Phys. 10 (1969) 1819-1822.
  (with Root, W . L.)
11. Determinable classes of channels. J. Math. Mech. 16 (1966) 365-397. (with Root, W . L.)
12. The xxx-entropy and xxxx-capacity of certain time-invariant channels. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 21 (1968) 233-241.
Namioka, I ssac 03
1. Partially ordered linear topological spaces. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. No. 24 (1957) 50 pp.
2. A substitute for Lebesgue's bounded convergence theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 713-716.
3. On certain onto maps. Canadian J. Math. 14 (1962) 461-466.
4. Maps of pairs in homotopy theorem. Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 12 (1962) 725-738.
5. Folner's conditions for amenable semi-groups. Math. Scand. 15 (1964) 18-28.
6. A duality in function spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 115 (1965) 131-144.
7. On a recent theorem by H. Reiter. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 1101-1102.
8. Neighborhoods of extreme points. Israel J. Math. 5 (1967) 145152. On certain actions of semi-groups on L-spaces. Studia Math. 29 (1967) 63-77.
9. H-spaces with commutative homology rings. Ann. of Math. (2) 75 (1962) 449-451. (with Browder, W illiam.)
10. Extreme invariant positive operators. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 137 (1969) 375-385. (with Converse, G eorge and Phelps, R . R.)
11. Linear topological spaces. The University Series in Higher Mathematics. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, N. J., 1963 xv+256 pp. (with Kelley, J. L.) With the collaboration of W. J. Donoghue, Jr., Kenneth R. Lucas, B. J. Pettis, Ebbethue Paulsen, G. Bailey Price, Wendy Robertson, W . R. Scott, Kennan T. Smith.
Bear, H . S., Jr. 03
1. Complex function algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 90 (1959) 383-393.
2. A strong maximum modulus theorem for maximal function algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 92 (1959) 464-469.
3. Some boundary properties of function algebras. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 1-4.
4. The Silov boundary for a linear space of continuous functions. Amer. Math. Monthly 68 (1961) 483-485.
5. An abstract potential theory with continuous kernel. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 407-420.
6. A strict maximum theorem for one-part function spaces and algebras. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 642-643.
7. A geometric characterization of Gleason parts. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 407-412.
8. The integral representation of functions on parts. Illinois J. Math. 10 (1966) 49-55.
9. Continuous subparts for function spaces. Function Algebras (Proc. Internat. Sypos. on Function Algebras, Tulane Univ., 1965) pp. 292-299. Scott-Foresman, Chicago, Ill., 1966.
10. A general chaining lemma. Amer. Math. Monthly 76 (1969) 791-795.
11. A global integral representation for abstract harmonic functions. J. Math. Mech. 16 (1967) 639-653. (with Gleason, A . M.)
12. Integral kernel for one-part function spaces. Pacific J. Math. 23 (1967) 209-215. (with Walsh, B ertram)
13. An intrinsic metric for parts. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 812-817. (with Weiss, M ax E.)
Kallin, Eva-Marianne 03
1. A nonlocal function algebra. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 49 (1963) 821-842.
2. Polynomial convexity: The three spheres problem. Proc. Conf. Complex Analysis, Minneapolis, 1964, 301-304. Springer, Berlin, 1965.
3. Fat polynomially convex sets. Function Algebras (Proc. Internat. Sympos. on Function Algebras, Tulane Univ., 1965) 149-152. Scott-Foresman, Chicago, Ill., 1966.
White Paul A. 02
1. r-regular convergence spaces. Amer. J. Math. 66 (1944) 69-96.
2. On r-regular convergence. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50 (1944) 132-128.
3. Additive properties of compact sets. Duke Math. J. 11 (1944) 699-701.
4. Regular transformations. Duke Math. J. 12 (1945) 101-106.
5. New types of regular convergence. Duke Math. J. 12 (1945) 305-315.
6. On the equivalence between avoidability and co-local connectedness. Anais Acad. Brasil. Ci. 19 (1947) 143-151.
7. Regular transformations on generalized manifolds. Duke Math. J. 14 (1947) 769-775.
8. On a certain class of set theoretic properties. Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. (4) 31 (1950) 99-110.
9. On the union of wo generalized manifolds. Ann. Scoula Norm. Super. Pisa (3) 4 (1950) 231-243.
10. Regular convergence in terms of Cech cycles. Ann. of Math. (2) 55 (1952) 420-432.
11. Some characterizations of generalized manifolds with boundaries. Canadian J. Math. 4 (1952) 329-342.
12. Extensions of the Jordan-Brouwer separation theorem and its converse. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1952) 488-498.
13. Regular convergence of manifolds with boundary. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 482-485.
14. Regular convergence. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 60 (1954) 431-443.
15. The computation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a matrix. J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math. 6 (1958) 393-437.
Hoggatt, V erner, E., Jr. 03
1. Fibonacci numbers and generalized binomial coefficients. Fibonacci Quart. 5 (1967) 383-400.
2. A new angle on Pascal's triangle. Fibonacci Quart. 61 (1968) No. 4, 221-234.
3. Generalized rabbits for generalized Fibonnacci numbers. Fibonacci Quart. 6 (1968) No. 3, 105-112.
4. Symbolic substitutions into Fibonnaci polynomials. Fibonacci Quart. 6 (1968) No. 5., 55-74.
5. Fibonacci matrices and lambda functions. Fibonacci Quart. (1963) No. 2, 47-52.
6. Fourth power Fibonacci identitites from Pascal's triangle. Fibonacci Quart. 2 (1964) 261-266.
7. Hyperbolic trigonometry derived from the Poincare model. Amer. Math. Monthly 58 (1951) 469-474. (with Eves, H oward)
8. A power identity for second-order recurrent sequences. Fibonacci Quart. 4 (1966) 274-282. (with Lind, D . A.)
9. The heights of Fibonacci polynomials and an associated function. Fibonacci Quart. 5 (1967) 141-152.
10. Fibonacci and binomial properties of weighted compositions. J. Combinatorial Theory 4 (1968) 121-124. (with Lind, D . A.)
11. A primer for the Fibonacci numbers. VI. Fibonacci Quart. 5 (1967) 445-460.
Floyd, E . E. 02
1. A nonhomogeneous minimal set. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 957-960.
2. The extension of homeomorphisms. Duke Math. J. 16 (1949) 225-235.
3. Some characterizations of interior maps. Ann. of Math. 51 (1950) 571-575.
4. Coverings with connected intersections. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1950) 387-391.
5. On the extension of homeomorphisms on the interior of a two cell. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 654-658.
6. A nonhomogeneous minimal set. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 957-960.
7. The extension of homeomorphisms. Duke Math. J. 16 (1949) 225-235.
8. Some characterizations of interior maps. Ann. of Math. (2) 51 (1950) 571-575.
9. Some retraction properties of the orbit decomposition spaces of periodic maps. Amer. J. Math. 73 (1951) 363-367.
10. On related periodic maps. Amer. J. Math. 74 (1952) 547-554.
11. Examples of fixed point sets of periodic maps. Ann. of Math. (2) 55 (1952) 167-171.
12. On periodic maps and the Euler characteristics of associated spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (lg52) 138-147.
13. Orbit spaces of finite transformation groups. I. Duke Math. J. 20 (1953) 563-567.
14. Orbit spaces of finite transformation groups. II. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 33-38.
15. Boolean algebras with pathological order topologies. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 687-689.
16. Real-valued mappings of spheres. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955)
17. Examples of fixed point sets of periodic maps. II. Ann. of Math. (2) 64 (1956) 396-398.
18. Orbits of torus groups operating on manifolds. Ann. of Math. (2) 65 (1957) 505-512.
19. Fixed point sets of compact abelian Lie groups of transformations. Ann. of Math. (2) 66 (1957) 30-35.
20. Closed coverings in Cech homology theory. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 84 (1957) 319-337.
21. Some connections between cobordism and transformation groups. Proc. Internat. Congr. Mathematicians (Stockholm, 1962) pp. 462466. Inst. Mittag-Leffler, Djursholm, 1963.
22. Chain theories and their derived homology. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1115-1118. (with Burdick, R . O. and Conner, P . E.)
23. A characterization of generalized manifolds. Mich. Math. J. 6 (1959) 33-43. (with Conner Pierre E.)
24. On the construction of periodic maps without fixed points. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 354-360.
25. Differentiable periodic maps. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 68 (1962) 76-86.
26. Fixed point free involutions and equivariant maps. II. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 105 (1962) 222-228.
27. A note on the action of S0(3). Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 616-620.
28. Fixed point free involutions and equivariant maps. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1960) 416-441.
29. Periodic maps which preserve complex structure. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 574-579.
30. The SU-bordism theory. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 670-675.
31. Differentiable periodic maps. Academic Press Inc., Publishers, New York; Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Gottingen-Heidelberg, 1964. vii+148 pp.
32. Fibrixxxx within a cobordism class. Mich. Math. J. 12 (1965) 33-47.
33. Torsion in SU-bordism. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. No. 60 (1966) 74 pp.
34. Maps of odd period. Ann. of Math. (2) 84 (1966) 132-156.
35. The relation of cobordism to K-theories. Springer-Verlag, BerlingNew York, 1966, v+112 pp.
36. Coverings with connected intersections. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1950) 387-391. (with Bing, R . H.)
37. A characterization theorem for monotone mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 828-830. (with Fort, M. K., Jr.)
38. A characterization of reflexivity by the lattice of closed subspaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 655-661. (with Klee, V. L.)
39. An action of a finite group on an n-cell without stationary points. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 65 (1959) 73-76. (with Richardson, R . W.)
Fort, M. K., Jr. 02
1. A specialization of Zorn's lemma. Duke Math. J. 15 (1948) 763-765.
2. A unified theory of semi-continuity. ibid. 16 (1949) 237-246.
3. A note in equicontinuity. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 1098-1100.
4. Essential and non essential fixed points. Amer. J. Math. 72 (1950) 316-322.
5. Open topological disks in the plane. J. Indian Math. Soc. (N.S.) 18 (1954) 23-26.
6. A proof that the group of all homeomorphisms of the plane onto itself is locally arcwise connected. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1950) 59-62.
7. A note on pointwise convergence. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 34-35.
8. A characterization of plane light open mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 175-177.
9. Points of continuity of semi-continuous functions. Publ. Math. Debrecen 2 (1951) 100-102.
10. Some properties of continuous functions. Amer. Math. Monthly 59 (1952) 372-375.
11. A cylindrical curve with maximum length and maximum height. Quart. J. Math., Oxford Ser. (2) 4 (1953) 314-320.
12. A theorem about topological n-cells. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 456-459.
13. Category theorems. Fund. Math. 42 (1955) 276-288.
14. The embedding of homeomorphisms in flows. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 960-967.
15. Essential mappings. Amer. Math. Monthly 63 (1956) 238-241.
16. A geometric problem of Sherman Stein. Pacific J. Math. 6 (1956) 607-609.
17. Extensions of mappings into n-cubes. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 539-542.
18. A note concerning a decomposition space defined by Bing. Ann. of Math. (2) 65 (1957) 501-504.
19. Research problem number 22. Math. Student 24 (1956) 189-191.
20. Mappings on Sl into one-dimensional spaces. Illinois J. Math. (1957) 505-508.
21. Images of plane continua. Amer. J. Math. 81 (1959) 541-546.
22. E -mappings of a disc onto a torus. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astr. Phys. 7 (1959) 51-54.
23. Extension of the set on which mappings into S are homotopic. Fund. Math. 48 (1959/60) 271-276.
24. Neighborhood extensions of continuous selections. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1960) 682-685.
25. The complements of bounded, open, connected subsets of Euclidean space. (Russian summary) Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astronom. Phys. 9 (1961) 457-460.
  One-to-one mappings onto the Cantor set. J. Indian Math. Soc. (N.S.) 25 (1961) 103-107 (1962).
26. Sequences of homeomorphisms on the n-sphere. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 361-363.
27. Homogeneity of infinite products of manifolds with boundary. Topology of 3-manifolds and reltaed topics. (Proc. The Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961), pp. 42-43. Prentice-Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1962.
28. (Editor). Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. Proceedings of the University of Georgia Institute, 1961. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1962. ix+256 pp.
29. Homogeneity of infinite products of manifolds with boundary. Pacific J. Math. 12 (1962) 879-884.
30. Continuous solutions of a functional equation. Ann. Polon. Math. 13 (1963) 205-211.
31. A wild sphere which can be pierced at each point by a straight line 1. segment. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 994-995.
32. Homotopy for cellular set-valued functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 455-459. (with Brahana, T . R.; Horstman, Walt G.)
33. Certain subgroups of the homotopy groups. Mich. Math. J. 4 (1957) 167-172. (with Curtis, M . L.)
34. Homotopy groups of one-dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 577-579.
35. Singular homology of one-dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 69 (1959) 309-313. (with Curtis, M . L.)
36. The fundamental group of one-dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 140-148.
37. A characterization theorem for monotone mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 828-830. (with Floyd, E . E.)
38. Minimal coverings of pairs by triples. Pacific J. Math. 8 (1958) 709-719. (with Hedlund, G . A.)
39. Sui teoremi di convergenza delle medie nei processi non stazionari. Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. (4) 56 (1961) 263-279.
40. Processi ergodici non stazionari e lo.o proprieta. Ann. Math. Pura. Appl. (4) (1962) 351-356.
41. Approximation of maps of inverse l mit spaces by induced maps. Fund. Math. 59 (1966) 323-329. (with McCord, M . C.)
42. Local connectedness of inverse li it spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 253-259. (with Segal, J ack.)
43. Minimal representations of the hyperspace of a continuum. Duke Math. J. 32 (1965) 129-137.
44. Convergence of series whose terms are defined recursively. Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1964) 994-998. (with Shuster, S eymour.)
45. A solution to the restricted ergocic problem in statistical mechanics. (Italian summary) Rend. Mat. Univ. Parama (2) 3 (1962) 77-7. (with Strocchi, F ranco.)
Andrews James J. 03
1. A characterization of light open maps of Euclidean spaces into Euclidean spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 860-861.
2. A chainable continuum no two of whose nondegenerate subcontinua are homeomorphic. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 333-334.
3. Embedding homotopy cells. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 917.
4. N-space modulo an arc. Topology of 3-manifold and reltaed topics. (Proc. The Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) p. 44. PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1962.
5. Knotted 2-spheres in the 4-sphere. Ann. of Math. (2) 70 (1959) 565-571. (with Curtis, M . L.)
6. N-space modulo an arc. Ann. of Math. (2) 75 (1962) 1-7.
7. Free groups and handlebodies. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 192-195.
8. Extended Nielsen operations in free groups. Amer. Math. Monthly 73 (1966) 21-28. (with Curtis. M. L.)
9. The Minkowski units of ribbon knots. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 856-864. (with Dristy, F orrest.)
10. The second homotopy group of spun l-spheres in 4-space. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 169-171. (with Lomonaco, S . J.)
11. The second homotopy group of spun 2-spheres in r-space. Ann. of Math. (2) 90 (1969) 199-204.
12. Some spaces whose product with El is E4. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1965) 675-677. (with Rubin, L eonard.)
Rubin, L eonard 04
1. The product of an unusual decomposition space with a line is E4. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 323-329.
2. Some spaces whose product wit El is E4. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1965) 675-677. (with Andrews, J . J.)
3. Semigroups and clusters of indecomposability. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 21-33. (with Dickman, R . F.; Kelley, J. L.; and Swingle. P. M.)
4. Another characterization of the n-sphere and related results. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 871-878. (with Dickman, R . F. and Swingle, P. M.)
5. Irreducible continua and generalization of hereditarily unicoherent continua by means of membranes. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 5 (1965) 416-426.
Husch, L . S. 04
1. On regular neighborhoods of spheres. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 879-881.
2. The monotone union property of manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 131 (1969) 345-355.
3. On collapsible ball pairs. Illinois J. Math. 12 (1968) 414-420.
4. Mapping cylinders and the annulus conjecture. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 506-508.
5. Finding a boundary for a 3-manifold. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 64-68.
6. Desuspending collapses. Nederl. Acad.Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A 72 Indag. Math. 31 (1969) 285-291.
7. Unknotting in codimension one. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 215-219.
8. On relative regular neighbourhoods. Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 19 (1969) 577-585.
Tindell, R alph A. 04
1. A counterexample on relative regular neighborhoods. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 892-893.
2. Some wild imbeddings in codimension two. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 711-716.
3. A mildly wild two-cell. Mich. Math. J. 13 (1966) 449-457.
4. Knotting tori in hyperplanes. Conference on the Topology of Manifolds ( Michigan State Univ., E. Lansing, Michigan, 1967) pp. 147153. Prindle, Weber, Schmidt, Boston, Mass., 1968.
5. Extending homeomorphisms of SP x S . Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 230-232.
6. Noncombinatorial triangulations and the Poincare conjecture. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 60-62.
Segal, J ack 03
1. Hyperspaces of the inverse limit space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 706-709.
2. A fixed point theorem for the hyperspace of a snake-like continuum. Fund. Math. 50 (1961/62) 237-248.
3. Convergence of inverse systems. Pacific J. Math. 12 (1962) 371-374.
4. Mapping norms and indecomposability. J. London Math. Soc. 39 (1964) 598-602.
5. Isomorphic complexes. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1965) 571-572.
6. Generalized Frechet varieties. Fund. Math. 58 (1966) 31-43.
7. Isomorphic complexes. II. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 300302.
8. Ouasi dimension type. II. Types in l-dimensional spaces. Pacific J. Math. 25 (1968) 353-370.
9. Local connectedness of inverse limit spaces. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 253-259. (with Fort, M. K., Jr.)
10. Minimal representations of the hyperspace of a continuum. Duke Math. J. 32 (1965) 129-137.
11. xxxx-mappings onto polyhedra. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 109 (1963) 146-164. (with Mardesic, S ibe)
12. A note on polyhedra embeddable in a plane. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 633-638.
13. Ouasi dimension type. I. Types in the real line. Pacific J. Math. 20 (1967) 501-534.
14. E-mappings and generalized manifolds. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 171-182. (with Mardesic, S ibe)
15. On polyhedra embeddable in the 2-sphere. 01 asnik Mat. Ser. III 1 (21) (1966) 167-175.
16. -mappings and generalized manifolds. II. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 423-426. (with Mardesic, S ibe)
17. Isomorphic cone-complexes. Pacific J. Math. 22 (1967) 345-348. (with Thomas, E . S. Jr.)
Kasriel, Robert H. 02
1. k-fold irreducible decomposition of a space relative to a mapping. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 440-446.
2. Stability of certain quasi-open mappings. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 595-605.
3. A characterization of certain quasi-open mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 778-783.
4. On contractive mappings in uniform spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 288-290. (with Kammerer, William J.)
5. Stability of solutions of some classes of nonlinear operator equations. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 1036-1042. (with Nashed, M . Z.)
Cain, G eorge L. 03
1. Compact and related mappings. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 639-645.
2. Compactification of mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 298-303.
Fuller, R ichard V. 03
1. Relations among continuous and various non-continuous functions. Pacific J. Math. 25 (1968) 495-509.
Brown, D avid L. 03
1. The conditional level of student's t test. Ann. Math. Statist. 38 (l967) 1068-1071.
2. Sufficient statistics in the case of independent random variables. Ann. Math. Statist. 35 (1964) 1456-1474.
3. On the admissibility of invariant estimators of one or more location parameters. Ann. Math. Statist. 37 (1966) 1087-1136.
Plunkett, R obert L. 02
1. On the convergence of matrix iteration processes. Quart. Appl. Math. 7 (1950) 419-421.
2. On the rate of convergence of relaxation methods. Quart. Appl. Math. 7 (1952) 263-266.
3. Representatives of homotopy classes of mappings into spheres. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 599-605.
4. A theorem about mappings of a topological group into the circle. Mich. Math. J. 2 (1954) 123-125.
5. Some implications of semi-l-connectedness. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 665-670.
6. A fixed point theorem for continuous multi-values transformations. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 160-163.
7. A topological proof of a theorem of complex analysis. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 42 (1956) 425-426.
8. Concerning two types of convexity for metrics. Arch. Math. 10 (1959) 42-45.
9. A topological proof of the continuiuty of the derivative of a function complex variable. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 65 (1959) 1-4.
10. Openness of the derivative of a complex function. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 671-675.
11. On the contract problem of thih circular rings. Trans. ASME Ser. E. J. Appl. Mech. 32 (1965) 11-20. (with Wu, C hien-Heng.)
Morris, J oseph R. 03
1. Queues for a vehicle-actuated traffic light. Operations Res. 12 (1964) 882-895. (with Darroch, J . N. and Newell, G . F.)
Williams, R obert F. 02
1. Local contractions of compact metric sets which are not local isometries. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 652-654.
2. Local properties of open mappings. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 339345.
3. A note on unstable homeomorphisms. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 308-309.
4. Reduction of open mappings. ibid. 7 (1956) 312-318.
5. The effect of maps upon the dimension of subsets of the domain space. ibid. 8 (1957) 580-583.
6. Lebesgue area of maps from Hausdorff spaces. Acta. Math. 102 (1959) 33-46.
7. Local contractions and the size of a compact metric space. Duke Math. J. 26 (1959) 277-289.
8. Lebesgue area zero, dimension and fine-cyclic elements. Riv. Mat. Univ. Parma 10 (1959) 131-143.
9. A useful functor and three famous examples in topology. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 106 (1963) 319-329.
10. The construction of certain o-dimension transformation groups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 129 (1967) 140-156.
11. One-dimensional non-wandering sets. Topology 6 (1967) 473-487.
12. The zeta function of an attractor. Conference on the Topology of Manifolds (Michigan State Univ. E. Lansing, Mich., 1967), pp. 155-161. Prindle, Weber, & Schmidt, Boston, Mass., 1968.
13. Compact non-Lie groups. Proc. Conf. on Transformation Groups. (New Orleans, La., 1967), pp. 366-369. Springer, New York, 1968.
14. p-adic groups of transformations. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 99 (1961) 488-498. (with Bredon, G . E.; Raymond, F rank)
15. Examples of p-adic transformation groups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1960) 392-394. (with Raymond, F rank)
16. Examples of p-adic transformation groups. Ann. of Math. (2) 78 (1963) 92-106.
17. Future stability is not generic. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 482-484. (with Shub, M ichael)
McDougle, P aul 02
1. A theorem on quasi-compact mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 474-477.
2. Mapping and space relations. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 320-323.
Duda, E dwin 02
1. Brouwer property spaces. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 647-660.
2. A locally compact separable metric space is almost invariant under a closed mapping. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 285-286.
3. Mappings on spheres. Fund. Math. 55 (1964) 195-197.
4. A locally compact metric space is almost invariant under a closed mapping. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 473-475.
5. Reflexive compact mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 688-693.
6. A theorem on one-to-one mappings. Pacific J. Math. 19 (1966) 253-357.
7. Compactness of mappings. Pacific J. Math. 29 (1969) 259-266.
Keesling, J. E. 03
1. Mappings and dimensions in general metric spaces. Pacific J. Math. 25 (1968) 277-288.
2. Open and closed mappings and compactification. Fund. Math. 20 (1969) 73-81.
3. Closed mappings which lower dimension. Colloq. Math. 20 (1969) 237-241.
4. Normality and properties related to compactness in hyperspaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 760-766.
5. Normality and compactness are equivalent in hyperspaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 618-619.
Williams, G. K. 02
1. Non-analytic functions of two complex variables. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 249-254.
2. On continuity in two variables. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 580-582.
Duke R. A. 02
1. Open mappings on graphs and manifolds. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 149-155.
2. An irreducible graph consisting of a single block. J. Math. Mech. 15 (1966) 129-135. (with Brown, T . A.)
3. The genus, regional number, and Betti number of a graph. Canad. J. Math. 18 (1966) 817-822.
Dickman, R . F. 02
1. Unicoherence and related properties. Duke Math. J. 34 (L967) 343-351.
2. Compactness of mappings on products of locally connected generalized continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 1093-1094.
3. Some characterizations of the Freudenthal compactification of a semicompact space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 631-633.
4. Unified spaces and singular sets for mappings of locally compact spaces. Fund. Math. 62 (1968) 103-123.
5. On openness properties of mappings. Portugal. Math. 26 (1967) 115-123.
6. A theorem on one-to-one mappings onto the plane. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 119-120.
7. Semigroups and clusters of indecomposability. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 21-33. (with Kelley, J. L.; Rubin, L . R. and Swingle, P. M.)
8. Characterization of n-spheres by an excluded middle membrane principle. Mich. Math. J. 11 (1964) 53-59. (with Rubin, L . R. and Swingle, P. M.)
9. Another characterization of n-sphere and related results. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 871-878. (with Rubin, L . R. and Swingle, P. M.)
10. Irreducible continua and generalization of hereditarily unicoherent continua by means of membranes. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 5 (1965) 416-426. (with Rubin, L . R. and Swingle, P. M.)
Garcia-Maynez, A. C. 02
1. A factorization theorem for continuous functions. An. Inst. Mat. Univ. Nac. Autonoma Mexico 4 (1964) 33-41.
2. A generalization of the theorem of Feuerbach. Acta Mexicana Ci. Tecn. 3 (1969) 53-57.
McMillan, E velyn 02
1. Asympototic values of functions holomorphic in the unit disc. Mich. Math. J. 12 (1965) 141-154.
2. Principal cluster values of continuous functions. Math Zeit. 91 (1966) 186-197.
3. On radial limits and uniqueness of holomorphic functions. Math. Zeit. 92 (1966) 321-322.
Wallace, A lexander Doniphan 02
1. Some invariants under monotone transformation. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45 (1939) 294-295. (with Hall, D . H.)
2. Some characterizations of interior transformations. Amer. J. Math. 51 (1939) 757-763.
3. On non-boundary sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45 (1939) 420-422.
4. Concerning relatively non-alternating transformations. Proc. Math. Acad. Sci. 27 (1938) 81-84.
5. Monotone coverings and monotone transformations. Duke Math. J. 6 (1940) 81-84.
6. O-regular transformations. Amer. J. Math. 52 (1940) 227-284.
7. Quasi monotone transformations. Duke Math. J. 7 (1940) 316-345.
8. Separation spaces. Ann. of Math. 42 (1941) 687-697.
9. A fixed-point theorem for trees. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 47 (1941) 757-760.
10. The acyclic elements of a Peano space. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 47 (1941) 778-780.
11. Reducible properties of Peano spaces. Ann. de Acad. Bras. Cien. 14 (1942) 47-49.
12. Separation spaces II. Ann.de Acad. Bras. Cien. 14 (1942) 203-206.
13. Monotone transformations. Duke Math. J. 9 (1942) 487-506.
14. A substitute for the axiom of choice. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50 (1944) 278.
15. A fixed point theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 51 (1945) 613-616.
16. Dimensional types. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 51 (1945) 679-681.
17. Generalized arc-sets. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 31 (1945) 414-417.
18. Extension sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (1946) 1-13.
19. Group invariant continua. Fund. Math. (1949) 119-124.
20. Endelements and the inversion ofcontinua. Duke Math. J. 16 (1949) 141-144.
21. Cyclic invariance under multi-valued maps. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 820-824.
22. Cohomology groups near a set. Ann. de Acad. Bras. Cien. 22 (1950) 217225.
23. A theorem on endpoints. Ann. de Acad. Bras. Cien. 22 (1950) 30-33.
24. Extensional invariance. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1951) 97 102.
25. The map excision theorem. Duke Math. J. 22 (1952) 177-182.
26. A note on mobs I. Ann. de Acad. Bras. Cien. 24 (1952) 229-334.
27. Boolean rings and cohomology. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 475.
28. Cohomology, dimension and mobs. Summa Bras. Math. 3 (1953) 53-54.
29. Indecomposable semigroups. Math. J. Okayama University 3 (1953) 1-3.
30. Inverse in Euclidean mobs. Math. J. Okayama University 3 (1953) 335-336.
31. Maximal ideals in compact semigroups. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 681-686.
32. A note on mobs II. Ann. de Acad. Bras. Cien. 25 (1953) 335-336.
33. Topological invariance of ideals in mobs. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 866-868.
34. The structure of topological semigroups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 61 (1955) 95-112. (Invited address before annual meeting of AMS, Baltimore, Md., Dec. 28, 1953.)
35. Struct ideals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1955) 634-638.
36. The position of C-sets in semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1955) 639-642.
37. One-dimensional clans are groups. Indag. Math.. 17 (1955) 578-580.
38. The Rees-Suschkewitsch structure theorem for compact simple semigroups. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 42 (1956) 430-432.
39. The Gebieststrueue in semigroups. Indag. Math. 18 (1956) 271-274.
40. Ideals in compact connected semigroups. Indag. Math. 18 (1956) 535-539.
41. The center of a compact lattice is totally disconnected. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 1237-1238.
42. Two theorems in topological lattices. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 12391241.
43. The peripheral character of central elements of a lattice. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 596-597.
44. Stability in semigroups. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 193-196.
45. Retractions in semigroups. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 1513-1517.
46. Factoring a lattice. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 250-252.
47. Admissibility of semigroup structures on continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1958) 277-287. (with Koch, R. J.)
48. Remarks on affine semigroups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1960) 110-112.
49. Acyclicity of compact connected semigroups. Fund. Math. 50 (1961) 123-124.
50. A theorem on acyclicity. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 67 (1961) 123-124.
51. Relative invertibility in semigroups. Czech. Math. J. 11 (1961) 480-482.
52. A note on convexity. Colloq. Math. 8 (1961) 223-224.
53. . Problems on semigroups. Colloq. Math. 8 (1961) 237-238.
54. A local property of pointwise periodic homomorphism. Colloq. Math. 9 (1962) 64-65.
55. Relative ideals in semigroups (Faucett's theorem). Colloq. Math. 9 (1962) 55-61.
56. Relative ideals in semigroups. II. Acta. Math. 14 (1963) 137-148.
57. Notes on inverse semigroups.
58. A note on generalizations of transitive systems of transformations. Colloq. Math. VII (1967) 29-34. (with Aczel, J .)
59. Some theorems of P-intersective sets. Acta. Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 17 (1966) 9-14. (with Bednarek, A . R.)
60. Relative ideals and their complements. I. Rev. Math. Pures et Appl. (1966) 13-22.(with Bednarek, A . R.)
61. Semigroups acting on compact totally disconnected spaces. (with Bednarek, A . R.)
62. Semigroups acting on continua. J. Austral. Math. Soc. VII, No. 3 (1967) 327-340.(with Day, J . M.)
63. Problems on periodicity: Functions and semigroups (in memoriam G. Schweigert). Math. Fyzikalny Casopis, Rocnik 16, Coslo 3 (1966) 209-212.
64. Relations on Topological Spaces. Proc. Symp., Prague, 1961.
65. Problems concerning semigroups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 68 No. 5 (1962) 447-448.
66. The least element map. Instytut Math. Polski Akad. Nauk XV, No. 2 (1966) 217-221.(with Franklin, S . P.)
67. A relation-theoretic result with application in topological algebra. Mathematical Systems Theory 1, No. 3 (1966) 217-224. (with Bednarek, A . R.)
68. Finite approximants of compact totally disconnected machines. Mathematical Systems Theory 1, No. 3 (1967) 209-216.(with Bednarek, A . R.)
69. Equivalence on machine state spaces. Mat. Casopis. I 17 No. 1 (1967) 1-7.(with Bednarek, A . R.)
70. Recursions with semigroup state-spaces. Rev. Roum. de Mat. Pures et Appl. XII (1967) 1411-1415.
71. Multiplication induced in the state-space of an act. Mathematical Systems Theory 1, No. 4 (1967) 305-314.(with Day, J . M.)
72. Externally induced operations (submitted to Mathematical Systems Theory, April 26, 1968).
73. Recent results on binary topological algebra. Reprinted from SEMIGROUPS. Academic Press, Inc., 1969, 261-267.
74. Externally induced operations. Math. Systems Theory 3 (1969) No. 3 244-245.
75. Dispersal in compact semimodules, accepted by the J. Austral. Math. Soc.
76. Externally induced operations,Jahr. der Deut. Mat. Ver..
Saalfrank C. W. 03
1. Retraction properties for normal Hausdorff spaces. Fund. Math. 36 (1949) 93-10.
2. On the universal covering space and the fundamental group. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 650-653.
3. Neighborhood retraction generalized for compact Hausdorff spaces. Portugal. Math. 20 (1961) 11-16.
4. A generalization of the concept of absolute retract. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 374-378.
5. A characterization of contractible compact Hausdorff spaces. Portugal. Math. 21 (1962) 374-378.(with Jaworowski, J . W.)
Butcher, G eorge H. 03
1. An extention of the sum theorem of dimension theory. Duke Math. J. 18 (1951) 859-874.
Keesee, John W. 03
1. Finitely-valued cohomology groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1950) 418-422.
2. On the homotopy axiom. Ann. of Math. (2) 54 (1951) 247-249.
3. Sets which separate spheres. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 193-200.
BraSher, R us 04
1. A separation theorem for manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 242-245.
2. The homology sequence of the double covering: Betti numbers and duality. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 714-Z17.
Strother, W aymon L. 03
1. On an open question concerning fixed points. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 988-993.
2. Multi-homotopy. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 281-285.
3. Fixed poins, fixed sets, and M-retracts. ibid. 22 (1955) 551-556.
4. Continuous multivalued functions. Bol. Soc. Math. Sao Paulo. 10 (1955) 87-120 (1958).
5. A space of subsets having the fixed point property. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 707-708.(with Capel , C. E.)
6. A theorem of Hamilton: Counter example. Duke Math. J. 24 (1967) 57.
7. Multi-valued functions and partial order. Portugal. Math. 17 (1958) 41-47. (with Capel, C . E.)
8. Retracts from neighborhood retracts. ibid. 25 (1957) 11-14. (with Ward, L . E., Jr.)
Cohen, H askell 03
1. A cohomological definition of dimension for locally compact Hausdorff spaces. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 209-224.
2. Fixed points in products of ordered spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 703-706.
3. A correction. Duke Math. J. 25 (1958) 601.
4. A clan with zero without the fixed point property. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 937-939.
  (with Collins, H . S.)
5. Affine semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 93 (1969) 97-113. (with Collins, H . S.)
6. Acyclic semigroups and multiplications on two-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 118 (1965) 420-427.(with Koch, R. J.)
7. On fixed points of commuting functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 293-296.
8. Non-Euclidean points in sphere-like spaces. Math Zeit. 107 (1968) 129-132.(with Koch, R. J.)
9. Continuous homomorphic images of real clans with zero. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 106-109. (with Krule, I. S.)
10. On tevates of continuous functions on a unit ball. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 408-411.(with Machigian, J ack.)
11. Clans with zero on an interval. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1958) 523-535.(with Wade, L . I.)
Gordon, W illiam L. 03
1. On the coefficient group in cohomology. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 139-153.
2. Locally-finitely-valued cohomology groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 656-662.
3. A theorem on uniform Cauchy points. Amer. J. Math. 74 (1952) 764-768. (with McArthur, C . W.)
Ward, L ee E., Jr. 03
1. Geodesics and plane arcs on an oblate spheriod. Amer. Math. Monthly 50 (1943) 423-429.
2. Binary relations in topological spaces. Ann. de Acad. Brasil. Cien. 26 (1954) 357-373.
3. Partially ordered topological spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 144-161.
4. A note on dendrites and trees. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 992-994.
5. Continua invariant under monotone transformations. J. London Math. Soc. 31 (1956) 114-119.
6. Completeness in semi-lattices. Canadian J. Math. 9 (1957) 578582.
7. On the optimal allocation of limited resources. Operations Res. 5 (1967) 815-819.
8. Mobs, trees, and fixed points. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 798-804.
9. On dendritic sets. Duke Math. J. 25 (1958) 505-513.
10. Ring homomorphisms which are also lattice homomorphisms. Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939) 783-787.
11. Note on the general rational solution of the equation ax2 - by2 = z3. Amer. J. Math. 61 (1939) 788-790.
12. The arithmetical properties of modular lattices. Revista Ci. Lima 41 (1939) 593-603.
13. Residuated distributive lattices. Duke Math. J. 6 (1940) 641-651.
14. The closure operators of a lattice. Ann. of Math. (2) 43 (1942) 191-196.
15. Euler's three biquadrate problem. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 31 (1945) 125-127.
16. Memoir on elliptic divisibility sequences. Amer. J. Math. 70 (1948) 31-74.
17. Euler's problem on sums of three fourth powers. Duke Math. J. 15 (1948) 827-837.
18. The law of repetition of primes in an elliptic divisibility sequence. Duke Math. J. 15 (1948) 941-946.
19. Arithmetical properties of the elliptic polynomials arising from the real multiplication of the Jacobi functions. Amer. J. Math. 72 (1950) 284-302.
20. Arithmetical properties of polynomials associated with the lemniscate elliptic functions. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 39 (1950) 359-362.
21. A class of soluble Diophantine equations. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 37 (1951) 113-114.
22. Cyclotomy and the converse of Fermat's theorem. Amer. Math. Monthly 61 (1954) 564.
23. The maximal prime divisors of linear recurrences. Canadian J. Math. 6 (1954) 455-462.
24. Prime divisors of second order recurring sequences. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 607-614.
25. On the number of vanishing terms in an integral cubic recurrence. Amer. Math. Monthly 62 (1955) 155-160.
26. The intrinsic divisors of Lehmer numbers. Ann. of Math. (2) 62 (1955) 230-236.
27. The mappings of the positive integers into themselves which preserve division. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 1013-1023.
28. The laws of apparition and repetition of primes in a cubic recurrence. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 79 (1955) 72-90.
29. A fixed point theorem. Amer. Math. Monthly 65 (1958) 271-272.
30. A fixed point theorem for multi-valued functions. Pacific J. Math. 8 (1958) 921-927.
31. A fixed point theorem for chained spaces. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 1273-1278.
32. On local trees. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 940-944.
33. Characterization of the fixed point property for a class of set-valued mappings. Fund. Math. 50 (1961/62) 159-164.
34. Fixed point theorems for pseudo monotone mappings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 13-16.
35. Concerning Koch's theorem on the existence of arcs. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965) 347-355.
36. A weak Tychonoff theorem and the axiom of choice. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 757-758.
37. On a conjecture of R. J. Koch. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965) 14291433. A general fixed point theorem. Colloq. Math. 15 (1966) 243-251.
38. On the non-cutpoint existence theorem. Canad. Math. Bull. 11 (1968) 213-216.
39. One dimensional topological semilattices. Illinois J. Math. 5 (1961) 182-186.(with Anderson, L . W.)
40. A structure theorem for topological lattices. Proc. Glasgow Math. AsSoc. 5 (1961) 1-3.
41. The lattice theory of ova. Ann. of Math. 40 (1939) 600-608. (with Dilworth, R . P.)
42. Retracts from neighborhood retracts. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 551-556.(with Strother, W . L.)
43. On three problems of Franklin and Wallace concerning partially ordered spaces. Colloq. Math. 20 (1969) 229-236.(with Tymchatyn, E . D.)
Smithson, R . E. 04
1. Changes of topology and fixed points for multi-valued functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 448-454.
2. Some general properties of multi-valued functions. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965) 681-703.
3. A fixed point theorem for connected multi-valued functions. Amer. Math. Monthly 73 (1966) 351-355.
4. On criteria for continuiy. Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 14 (1966) 89-92.
5. A note on acyclic continua. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 67-71.
6. A characterization of lower semi-continuity. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 505.
7. A note on the continuity of multifunctions. J. Natur. Sci. and Math. 7 (1967) 197-202.
8. A note on d-continuity and proximate fixed points for multi-valued functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 256-260.
9. Fixed points and proximate fixed points. Fund. Math. 63 (1968) 321-326.(with Muenzenberger, T . R.)
Harris J. K. 04
1. A variation on a problem in number theory of H. Steinhaus. ElemO Math. 21 (1966) 60.(with Crittenden, R ichard B.)
Lee, Yu-Lee 04
1. Some characterizations of semi-locally connected spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 1318-1320.
2. Topologies with the same class of homeomorphisms. Pacific J. Math. 20 (1967) 77-83.
3. A characterization of completeness. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 (1967) 5-6.
4. Continua with the same class of homeomorphism. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 (1967) 1-4.
5. A characterization of Baer lower radical property. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 (1967) 45-46.
6. Characterizing the topology by the class of homeomorphisms. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 625-629.
7. Homeomorphisms on manifolds. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 (1967) 31-36.
8. On the construction of upper radical properties. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1165-1166.
9. On a class of finer topologies with the same class of homeomorphisms. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 129-133.
10. On the construction of lower radical properties. Pacific J. Math. 28 (1969) 393-395.
11. A radical coinciding with the lower radical in associative and alternative rings. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 459-462.(with Leavitt, W. G.)
12. Topological spaces with large uniformities. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 (1967) 7-8.(with Mozzochi, C . J.)
13. Radical properties and partitions of rings. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 1967) 37-39. (with Propes, R . E. 04)
Propes, R ichard 05
1. Radical properties and partitions of rings. Kyungpook Math. J. 7 (1967) 37-39.(with Lee, Yu-Lee)
Dimitroff, G . E. 04
1. Two characterizations of compact local trees. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 127 (1967) 204-220.
Ferguson, E . N. 04
1. Commutative rims in clans with zero. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 304-305
Tymchatyn, E . D. 04
1. A one-parameter subsemigroup which meets many regular D-classes. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 735-739.
2. The 2-cell as a partially ordered space. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 825-836.
3. On three problems of Franklin and Wallace concerning partialy ordered sets. Colloq. Math. 20 (1969) 229-236.(with Ward, L . E., Jr.)
Mohler, L . K. 04
1. A note on hereditarily locally connected continua. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astron. Phys. 17 (1969) 699-701. Faucett, W illiam M. Q3
2. Compact semigroups irreducibly connected between two idempotents. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 741-747.
3. Topological semigroups and continua with cut points. ibid. 6 (1955) 748-756.
4. Complements of maximal ideals in compact semigroups. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 655-661.(with Koch, R. J.)
Anderson, L ee W. 03
1. Topological lattices and n-cells. Duke Math. J. 25 (1958) 205-208.
2. On the breadth and co-dimension of a topological lattice. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 327-333.
3. One dimensional topological lattices. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. lO (1959) 715-720.
4. On the distributivity and simple connectivity of plane topological lattices. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 91 (1959) 102-112.
5. Locally compact topological lattices. Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., Vol. II, pp. 195-197. American Mathematical Society, Providence, R. I., 1961.
6. The existence of continuous lattice homomorphisms. J. London Math. Soc. 37 (1962) 60-62.
7. The k-equivalence in compact semigroups. Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 14 (1962) 274-296.(with Hunter, R . P.)
8. Homomorphism and dimension. Math. Ann. 147 (1962) 248-268.
9. Small continua at certain orbits. Arch. Math. 14 (1963) 350-353.
10. The k-equivalence in compact semigroups. II. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 3 (1963) 288-293.
11. Sur les espaces fibres associes a une D-class d'un demigroupe compact. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astron. Phys. 12 (1964) 249-251.(with Hunter, R . P.)
12. Sur les demi-groupes compacts et connexes. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 183-187.
13. Une version bilatere du groupe de Schutzenberger. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astron. Phys. 13 (1965) 527-531.
14. Certain homomorphisms of a compact semigroup onto a thread. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 7 (1967) 311-322.(with Hunter, R . P.)
15. Groups, Homomorphisms, and the Green relations. Proc. Internat. Conf. Theory of Groups (Canberra, 1965) pp. 1-5. Gordon and Breach, New York, 1967.
16. On residual properties of certain semigroups. Contributions to Extension Theory of Topological Structures (Proc. Sympos., Berlin, 1967) pp. 15-19. Deutsch. Verlag Wissensch., Berlin, 1969.
17. On the compactification of certain semigroups. Contributions to Extension Theory of Topological Structures. (Proc. Sympos., Berlin, 1967) pp. 21-27. Deutsch. Verlag Wissensch., Berling, 1969.
18. Some results on stability in semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 117 (1965) 521-529.(with Hunter, R . P.; Koch, R. J.)
19. One dimensional topological semilattices. Illinois J. Math. 5 (1961) 182-186.(with Ward, L . E. Jr.)
20. A structure theorem for topological lattices. Proc. Glasgow Math. Assoc. 5 (1961) 1-3.
Stralka, Albert 04
1. The Green equivalences and dimension in-compact semigroups. Math. Zeit. 109 (1969) 169-176.
Lin, Y . F. 03
1. A note on the Wallace theorem. Portugal. Math. 19 (1960) 199-201.
2. Characterization of totally non-commutative semigroups. Hung-Ching Chow 60th anniversary Vol., pp. 108-109. Inst. of Math., Acad. Sinica. Taipei, 1962.
3. Generalized character semigroups: The Schwarz decomposition. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965) 1307-1312.
4. Not necessarily abelian convolution semigroups of probability measure. Math Zeit. 91 (1966) 300-307.
5. A convolution semigroup of modular functions. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 6 (1966) 251-255.
6. Tychonoff's theorem for the space of multifunctions. Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) 399-400.
7. The structure of not necessarily perfect automata and their auteomorphism group. I. Hung-Ching Chow 65th Anniversary Volume, pp. 62-71. Math. Res. Center Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, 1967.
8. Relations on topological spaces: Urysohn's lemma. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 8 (1968) 37-42.
9. A problem of Bosak concerning the graphs of semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 343-346.
10. A new characterization of Hausdorff n-spaces. Pro. Japan Acad. 44 (1968) 1031-1032.(with Soniat, L eonard.)
Borrego, J . T. 03
1. Homomorphic retractions in semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 716-719.
2. Adjunction semigroups. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 1 (1969) 47-58.
3. Point-transitive actions by a standard metric thread. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 261-265.
4. A class of multi-valued functions. Kyungpook Math. J. 9 (1969) 77-78.
Choe Tae-Ho 03
1. Notes on the lattice-ordered groups. Kyungpook Math. J. 1 (1958) 37-42.
2. An isolated point in a partly ordered set with interval topology. Kyungpook Math. J. 1 (1958) 57-59.
3. The internal topology of a lattice ordered group. Kyungpook Math. J. 1 (1958) 69-74.
4. The topologies of partially ordered set with finite width. Kyungpook Math. J. 2 (1959) 17-22.
5. On a quasi-ordered group. Kyungpook Math. J. 2 (1959) 47-52.
6. Erratum: Notes on lattice-ordered groups. Kyungpook Math. J. 2 (1959) 73.
7. Notes on the lattice of subgroups of a group. Kyungpook Math. J. 3 (1960) 1-5.
8. Lattice ordered commutative groups of the second kind. Kyungpook Math. J. 3(1960) 43-48.
9. On the continuity of group operations of an l-group with CP-ideal topology. Kyungpook Math. J. 4 (1961) 13-16.
10. On order-convergence of partially ordered groups. Kyungpook Math. J. 4 (1961) 33-37.
11. On a continuous mapping between partially ordered sets with some topology. Kyungpook Math. J. 5 (1962) 9-13.
12. Notes on the lattice of congruence relations on a lattice. Kyungpook Math. J. 5 (1962/63) 23-33.
13. An isolated point in a complete lattice with order topology. Kyungpook Math. J. 6 (1964) 1-2.
14. Complement of a congruence relation in a modular lattice. Kyungpook Math. J. 6 (1964) 3-5.
15. Intrinsic topologies in a topological lattice. Pacific J. Math. 28 (1969) 49-52.
16. On compact topological lattices of finite dimension. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 140 (1969) 223-237.
17. The breadth and dimension of a topological lattice. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 82-84.
18. Notes on locally compact connected topological lattices.Canad. J. Math. 21 (1969) 1533-1536.
Sigmon, K ermit N. 03
1. A note on means in Peano continua. Aequationes Math. 1 (1968) No. 1-2, 85-86.
2. On the existence of a mean on certain continua. Fund. Math. 63 (1968) 311-319.
3. Medial topological groupoids. Aequationes Math. 1 (1968) 217234.
Shershin, A nthonoy 03
1. A characterization of the closed subgroups of the Schutzenberger group. Acta. Math. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 20 (1969) 179-183.
2. Algebraic results concerning Green's k-slices. Colloq. Math. 20 (1969) 221-225.
3. Direct summands of Abelian monoids. Math. Notae 20 (1965) 109-116.(with Moore, J ohn T.)
Chae, Y . 03
1. Symmetric spaces which are mapped conformally on each other. Kyungpook Math. J. 2 (1959) 65-72.
2. Gaussian spherical representation of a hypersurface of an Euclidean space. I, II. Kyungpook Math. J. 3 (1960) 7-12, 49-54.
3. Conformal collineations in recurrent spaces. Kyungpook Math. J. (1961) 17-21.
4. Projective motives in non-Riemannian K -spaces. I. Kyungpook Math. J. 5 (1962) 15-20.
Koch, R. J. 03
1. Remarks on primitive idempotents in compact semigroups with zero. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 16-447.
2. Note on weak cutpoints in clans. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 611-615.
3. On monothetic semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 397401.
4. Arcs in partially ordered spaces. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 723-728.
5. Ordered semigroups in partially ordered spaces. Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960) 1333-1336.
6. Threads in compact semigroups. Math Zeit. 86 (1964) 312-316.
7. Connected chains in quasi-ordered spaces. Fund. Math. 56 (1964/65) 245-249.
8. Some open questions in topological semigroups. And. Acad. Brasil. Cien. 41 (1969) 19-20.
9. Some results on stability in semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 117 (L965) 521-529.(with Anderson, L . W.; Hunter, R . P.)
10. Acyclic semigroups and multiplications on two-man. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 118 (1965) 420-427.(with Cohen, H askell)
11. Non-Euclidean points in sphere-like spaces. Math Zeit. 107 (1968) 127-132.
12. Regular D-classes in measure semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 105 (1962) 21-31.(with Collins, H . S.)
13. Weak cutpoint ordering on hereditarily unicoherent continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 679-681.(with Krule, I. S.)
14. Semigroups on trees. Fund. Math. 59 (1961/62) 341-346.(with McAuley, L . F.)
15. Semi-groups on continua ruled by arcs. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 1-8.
16. Maximal ideals in compact semigroups. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 681-685.(with Wallace, A . D.)
17. Stability in semigroups. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 193-195.
18. Admissibility of semigroup structures on continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1958) 277-287.
19. Notes on inverse semigroups. Rev. Roumaine Math. Pures Appl. 9 (1964) 19-24.(with Wallace, A . D.)
Rothman, N eal J. 04
1. Imbedding of topological semigroups. Math. Ann. 139 (1960) 197-203.
2. Linearly quasi-ordered compact semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 352-357.
3. Algebraically irreducible semigroups. Duke Math. J. 39 (1963) 511-517.
4. On the uniqueness of character semigroups. Math. Ann. 151 (1963) 346-354.
5. A note on compact rings. Math Zeit. 91 (1966) 179-184.
6. An L¹ algebra for certain locally compact topological semigroups. Pacific J. Math. 23 (1967) 143-151.
7. Separating points by semicharacters in topological semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 235-239.(with Baker, J ohn W.)
8. An Ll algebra for algebraically irreducible semigroups. Studia Math. 33 (1969) 257-272.(with Bergman, J ohn G.)
9. An Ll algebra for linearly quasi-ordered compact semigroups. Pacific J. Math. 26 (1968) 579-588.
10. Contractibility of certain semigroups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 756-757.(with Gottlieb, D . H.)
11. Characters and cross sections for certain semigroups. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 347-366.(with Hunter, R . P.)
Bergman, J ohn G. 05
1. An L¹ algebra for algebraically irreducible semigroups. Studia Math. 33 (1969) 257-272.(with Rothman, N . J.)
2. Arcs in partially ordered spaces. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 723-728.
3. Ordered semigroups in partially ordered spaces. Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960) 1333-1336.
4. Threads in compact semigroups. Math Zeit. 86 (1964) 312-316.
5. Connected chains in quasi-ordered spaces. Fund. Math. 56 (1964/65) 245-249.
6. Some open questions in topological semigroups. Ann. de Acad. Brasil. Cien. 41 (1969) 19-20.
7. Some results on stability in semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 117 (L965) 521-529.(with Anderson, L . W.; Hunter, R . P.)
8. Acyclic semigroups and multiplications on two-man. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 118 (1965) 420-427.(with Cohen, H askell)
9. Non-Euclidean points in sphere-like spaces. Math Zeit. 107 (1968) 127-132.
10. Regular D-classes in measure semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 105 (1962) 21-31.(with Collins, H . S.)
11. Weak cutpoint ordering on hereditarily unicoherent continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 679-681.(with Krule, I. S.)
12. Semigroups on trees. Fund. Math. 59 (1961/62) 341-346.(with McAuley, L . F.)
13. Semi-groups on continua ruled by arcs. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 1-8.
14. Maximal ideals in compact semigroups. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 681-685.(with Wallace, A . D.)
15. Stability in semigroups. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 193-195.
16. Admissibility of semigroup structures on continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1958) 277-287.
17. Notes on inverse semigroups. Rev. Roumaine Math. Pures Appl. 9 (1964) 19-24.(with Wallace, A . D.)
Hunter, R . P. 04
1. Type of (n,k) adherence and indecomposability Portugal. Math. 15 (1956) 115-122.
2. On the semigroup structure of continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 93 (1959) 356-368.
3. Certain upper semicontinuous decompositions of a semigroup. Duke Math. J. 27 (1960) 283-289.
4. Note on arcs in semigroups. Fund. Math. 49 (1960/61) 233-245.
5. Certain compact connected semigoups irreducible over a finite set. (Spanish) Bol. Soc. Math. Mexicana (2) 6 (1961) 52-59.
6. Certain homomorphisms of compact connected semigroups. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961 83-87.
7. On a conjecture of Koch. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 138139.
8. Sur la position des c-ensembles dans les semi-groupes. Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 14 (1962) 190-195.
9. On one-dimensional semigroups. Math. Ann. 146 (1962) 383-396.
10. A remark on a decomposition space of Bing. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 777.
11. On the structure of homogroups with applications to the theory of compact connected semigroups. Fund. Math. 52 (1963) 69-102.
12. Some results on wreath products of semigroups. Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 18 (1966) 3-16.
13. The k-equivalence in compact semigroups. Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 14 (1962) 274-296.(with Anderson, L ee W.)
14. Homomorphisms and dimension. Math. Ann. 147 (1962) 248-268.
15. Small continua at certain orbits. Arch. Math. 14 (1963) 350-353.
16. The k-equivalence in a compact semigroup. II. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 3 (1963) 288-293.
17. Sur les espaces fibres associes a une D-classes d'un semigroupe compact. Bull. Aca. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astron. Phys. 12 (1964) 249-251.
18. Sur les demi-grous compacts et connexes. Fund. Math. 46 (1964) 183-187.
19. Une versicn bilatere du groupe de Schutzenberger. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Aston. Phys. 13 (1965) 527-531.
20. Certain homomorphisms of a compact semigroup onto a thread. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 7 (1967) 311-322.(with Anderson, L . W.)
21. Groups, homomorphisms, and the Green relations. Proc. Intern. Conf. Theory of Groups (Canberra, 1965) pp. 1-5. Gordon and Breach, New York, 1967.
22. On residual properties of certain semigroups. Contributions to Extension Theory of Topological Structures (Proc. Sympos., Brlin, 1967) pp. 15-19. Deutsch. Verlag Wissensch., Berlin, 1969.
23. On the compactification of certain semigroups. Contributions to Extension Theory of Topological Structures (Proc. Sympos., Berlin, 1967) pp. 21-27. Deutsch. Verlag Wissensch., Berlin, 1969.
24. Some results on stability in semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 117 (1965) 521-529. (with Anderson, L ee W.; Koch, R. J.)
25. Characters and cross sections for certain semigroups. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 347-366.(with Rothman, N . J.)
26. Indecomposable trajectories. Tohoku Math. J.(2) 10 (1958) 3-10. (with Swingle, Paul M.)
Selden, J ohn 05
1. A note on compact semirings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 882-886.
2. Clans on group-supporting spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 540-545.(with Madison, B .)
3. On the closure of the bicyclic semigroup. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 144 (1969) 115-126.(with Eberhart, C arl.)
Madison, B ernard 06
1. Semigroups on coset spaces. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969) 61-63.
2. Clans on group-supporting spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 540-545.(with Selden, J .)
Stepp, J ames W. 06
1. A note on maximal locally compact semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1969) 251-253.
2. D-semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 402-406.
Stadtlander, D avid 05
1. Semigroups, continua and the set functions T . Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 265-280.(with Davis, H . S., Swingle, P. M.)
2. Properties of the set function T . Portugal. Math. 21 (1962) 113-133.
3. Further properties of the set function T. J. Natur. Sci. and Math. 7 (1967) 91-94.
4. Thread actions. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 483-490.
5. Semigroup actions and dimension. Aequationes Math. 3 (1969) 1-14.
Brown, D ennison R. 04
1. On clans of non-negative matrices. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 671-674.
2. Topological semilattices on the two-cell. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965) 35-46.
3. Matrix representations of compact simple semigroups. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 69-73.
4. Representation theorems for uniquely divisible semigroups. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 341-352.(with Friedberg, M ichael)
5. A new notion of semicharacters. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 87-401.
6. A chafacterization of niquely dlvisible commutative groups. Pacific J. Math. 18 (19xxx) 57-60.(with La Tarrej J. G.)
Hildebrandt. J. 05
1. On compact unithetic semigroups. Pacific J. Math. 21 (1967) 265273.
2. On uniquely divisible semigroups on the two-cell. Pacific J. Math. 23 1967) 91-95.
3. On compact divisible Abelian emigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 tl968) 405-410.
4. The universal compact subunithetic semigroup. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 220-224.
Lawson, Jimmie 05
1. A generalized version of the Victoria-Begle theorem. Fund. Math. 65 1969) 65-72.
2. Topological semilattices with small semilattices. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 1 (1969) 719-724.
Friedberg, M ichael 04
1. A note on Haar-like measure for group-externai semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 1079-1082.
2. On representations of certain semigroups. Pacific J. Math. 19 (1966) 269-274.
3. Representation theorems for uniquely divisible semigroups. Duke Math. J. 3 (1968) 341-352.(with Brown, D ennison R.)
4. A new notion of semicharacters. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 387-401.(with Brown, D ennison R.)
5. Semigroups on chainable and circle-like continua. Math Zeit. 106 (19683 158-161.(with Mahavier, W . S.)
Clark C. E. 04
1. Sampling efficiency in Monte Carlo analyses, Ann. Inst. Statist. Math. 15 (1963) 197-206.
2. Locally algebraic independent collections of subsemigroups of semigroups. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 843-851.
3. Monotone homomorphisms of compact semigroups. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 9 (1969) 167-175.
4. A characterization of compac connected planar lattices. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968) 233-240.(with Eberhart, C arl)
Carruth, J . H. 04
1. A note on partially ordered compata. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968) 229-231.
2. Lifting trees under light open maps. Fund. Math. 66 (1969/70) 215-217.
Eberhart, C arl 04
1. A unique factorization theorem for countable products of circles. Fund. Math. 61 (1967-68) 305-308.
2. Tychonoff cubes are coset spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 185-188.
3. A note on smooth fans. Colloq. Math. 20 (1969) 89-90.
4. Metrizability of trees. Fund. Math. 65 (1969) 43-50.
5. A characterization of compact connected planar lattices. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968) 233-240.(with Clark, C harles E.)
6. On the closure of the bicyclic subgroup. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 144 (1969) 115-126.(with Selden, J ohn)
L'Heureaux J H. 04
1. A note on principal normal inverse sub-semigroups. J. Natur. Sci and Math. 6 (1966) 231-233.
Whyburn, G . T. 01
1. Dynamic Topology. Amer. Math. Monthly 77 (1970) 556-570.
2. Inward motions in connected spaces. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 63 (1969) 271-274.
3. Functional movements in dendric structures. General Topology and its Relations to Modern Analysis and Algebra, III ( Proc. Conf., Kanpur, 1968) 319-327. Academie, Prague, 1971.
Wallace, A . D. 02
1. Recursions with semigroup state-spaces. Rev. Roum. Math. Pure Appl. 12 (1967) 1411-1415.
2. Recent results on binary topological algebras. Semigroups ( Proc. Sympos. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 1968) 261-267.
DeVun, E smond E. 04
1. Point-transitive actions by the unit interval. Canadian J. Math. 22 (1970) 255-259.(with Borrego, J . T.)
Koch, Robert J. 03
1. Compact connected spaces supporting topological semigroups. Semigroup Forum 1 (1970) no. 3, 209-223.
2. A survey of results on threads. Semigroups. ( Proc. Sympos. Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, 1968) 101-106. Academic Press, New York, 1969.
Rothman, N eal J. 04
1. Remarks on duality and semigroups. Israel J. Math. 8 (1970) 83-89.
Hunter, R obert P. 04
1. A remark on compact semigroups having certain decomposition spaces embeddable in the plane. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 4 (1971) 137-139.(with Anderson, L ee)
2. Compact semigroups having certain one-dimensional hyperspaces. Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970) 894-896.
3. Sur les homomorphismes des demi-groupes compacts. Seminaire P. Dubreil, M. L. Dubreil-Jacotin, L. Leisieiur et C. Pisot: 1968/69, Algebrae et Theorie des Nombres, Fasc. 2, Exp. 20, 5 pp. Secretariat mathematique, Paris, 1970.
4. On the continuiuty of certain homomorphisms of compact semigroups. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 409-414.(with Anderson, L ee W.)
5. Corrigendum: `A remark on compact semigroups having certain decomposition spaces embeddable in the plane.' Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. (1971) 432.
Madison, B ernard 06
1. A note on local homogeneity and stability. Fund. Math. 66 (1969/70) 123-127.
2. Peripherality in semigroups. Semigroup Forum 1 (1970) no. 2, 128-142.(with Lawson, Jimmie D.)
3. Peripheral and inner points. Fund. Math. 69 (1970) 253-266. (with Lawson, Jimmie D.)
Stepp, J ames W. 06
1. Locally compact Clifford semigroups. Pacific J. Math. 34 (1970) 163-176.
2. Semilattices which are embeddable in a product of min intervals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 81-86.
3. Semigroup extensions. J. Reine Angew. Math. 248 (1971) 28-41.(with Fulp, R . O.)
4. Structure of the semigroup of semigroup extensions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 158 (1971) 63-73.(with Fulp, R . O.)
Stadtlander, D avid 05
1. Actions with topologically restricted state spaces. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 199-206.
2. Actions with topologically restricted state spaces. II Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 7-14
Brown, D ennison R. 04
1. A survey of compact divisible commutative semigroups. Semigrou Forum I (1970) no. 2, 143-161.(with Friedberg, M ichael)
Lawson, Jimmie D. 05
1. The relation of breadth and co-dimensions in topological semilattices. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 207-212.
2. Lattices with no interval homomorphisms. Pacific J. Math. 32 (1970) 459-465.
3. On the existence of one-par,ameter semigroup,s. Semigreup For,um 1 1970? no. 1, 85=90.(with Carruth, J . H.)
4. Semigroup through semilattices. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 152 (1970j 597-608.(with Carruth, J . H.)
5. Peripherality in semigroup. Semigroup Forum 1 (19703 no. 2, 12,8-142.(with Madison, B .)
6. Topological semilattices and their underlying spaces. Semigroup Forum 1 (1970) no. 3, 209-223.(with Williams, W iley)
7. Peripheral and inner points. Fund. Math. 6 (19703 253-266. (with Madison, B .)
Farley, R euben 05
1. Positive Clifford semigroups on the plane. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 151 (1970? 353-369.
Friedberg, M ichael 04
1. A survey of compact divisible commutative semigroups, Semigroup Forum 1 (1970) no. 2, 143-161.(with Brown, D . R.)
Clark C. E. 04
1. On certain types of congruence on compact commutative semigroups. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 95 1
2. Representations of certain compact semigroups by HL-semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 149 (1970 327-337.(with Carruth, J. H.)
3. Compact totally H qrdered semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 199-204.(with Carruth, J. H.)
Carruth J. H. 04
1. Representations of certain copact semigroups by HL-semigroups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 149 (l970) 327-337.(with Clark, C .E.)
2. Compact totally H ordered semigroups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 199-204.(with Clark, C .E.)
Eberhart, C arl A. 04
1. On smooth dendroids. Fund. Math. 67 (1970) 297-322.(with Charatonik, J . J.)
Williams, W . . 04
1. Topological semilattices and their underlying spaces. Semigroup Forum 1 (1970) no. 3? 209-223.(with Lawson, Jimmie D.)
McCharen, J . D. 04
1. On exending hgmeomgrphisms to Frechet manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc, 25 (1970? 283-289.(with Anderson, R . D.)
2. Semigroups on finitely floored spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 156 (1971) 85-89.
Ward, L ee E. 03
1. Concerning Qntinuous selections. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 369-374.(with Nadler, S am)
2. Compact directed spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 152 (1970) 145-157.
3. Set-valued mappings on partially ordered spaces. Set Valued Mappings, Selections and Topological Properties of 2^x. (Proc. Conf. SUNY, Buffalo, New York, 1969) 88-89. Lecture Notes in Mathematics. Vol. 171. Springer, Berlin, 1970.
4. Arcs in hyperspace which are not compact. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 254-258.
Smithson, R aymond E. 04
1. Topologies generated by relations. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 1 (1969) 297-306.
2. A counterexample to a lemma on the existence of simple refinements. Amer. Math. Monthly 7 (1970) 293-294.
3. Fixed points for contractive multifunctions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 192-194.
4. Fixed points of order-preserving multifunctions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 304-310.
Lee, Yu-Lee 04
1. On completion of measure spaces. Kyungpook Math. J. 10 (1970) 1-2.
2. On the existence of non-comparable homogeneous topologies with the same class of homeomorphisms. Tohoku Math. J. (2) 22 (1970) 499-501.
Propes, R ichard 05
1. A characertization of the Behrens radical. Kyungpook Math. J. 10 (1970) 49-52.
Feruson, E. N. 04
1. No semigroup on the two-cell with idempotent boundary. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 601-607.
Tymchatyn, E . D. 04
1. Antichains and products in partially ordered spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 146 (1969) 511-520.
Mohler, L ee K. 04
1. A fixed point theorem for continua which are hereditarily divisible by points. Fund. Math. 67 (1970) 345-358.
2. A characterization of smoothness in dendroids. Fund. Math. 67 (1970) 369-376.
3. A characterization of local connectedness for generalized continua. Colloq. Math. 21 (1970) 81-85.
Anderson, L ee W. 03
1. A remark on compact semigroups having certain decomposition spaces. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 4 (1971) 137-139.(with Hunter, R . P.)
2. Compact semigroups having certain one-dimensional hyperspaces. Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970) 894-896.
3. On the continuity of certain homeomorphisms of compact semigroups. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 409-414.
4. Corrigendum: `A remark on compact semigroups having certain decomposition spaces embeddable in the plane.' Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 4 (1971) 432.
Stralka, Albert 04
1. Rees-simple groups. J. London Math. Soc. (2) I (1969) 705-708.
2. The topological structure of D-classes. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. I (1969) 289-295.
3. Locally convex topological lattices. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 151 (1970) 629-640.
4. Homomorphisms on connected topological lattices. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 483-490.(with Shirley, E . D.)
Lin, Y . F. 03
1. The graphs of semirings. J. Algebra 14 (1970) 73-82.(with Ratti, J . S.)
2. Ascili's theorem for spaces of multifunctions. Pacific J. Math. 34 (1970) 741-747. (with Rose, D avid A.)
3. Connectivity of the graphs of semirings: Lifting and product. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 411-414.(with Ratti, J . S.)
Borrego, J . T., Jr. 03
1. Continuity of the operation in a semilattice. Colloq. Math. 21 49-52.
2. Point-transitive actions by the unit interval. Canadian J. Math. 22 (1970) 255-259.(with DeVun, E E)
Choe, T ae Ho 03
1. Remarks on topological lattices. Kyungpook Math. J. 9 (1969) 59-62.
Sigmon, K ermit T. 03
1. Acyclicity of compact means. Mech. Math. J. 16 (1969) 111-115.
2. Cancellative medial means are arithmetic. Duke Math. J. 39 (1970) 439-445.
Shershin, A nthony C. 03
1. Results concerning the Schutzenberger-Wallace theorem. Bol. Soc. Mat. Mexicana (2) 13 (1968) 21-31.
Kelley, John L. 02
1. Euler characteristics. Pacific J. Math. 26 (1968) 317-339. (with Spanier, E . H.)
2. Pre-measures on lattices of sets. Math. Ann. 190 (1970/71) 233-241.(with Srinivasan, T . P.)
Fell, J . M. G. 03
1. An extension of Mackey's method to Banach *-algebraic bundles. Memoirs Amer. Math. Soc. No. 90. American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 1969, 168 pp.
Prosser, R eese T. 03
1. Note on metric dimension. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 763-765.
2. Determinable classes of channels. II Indiana Univ. Math. J. 20 (1970/71) 789-806.
Namioka, I saac 03
1. Tensor products of compact convex sets. Pacific J. Math. 31 (1969) 469-480.(with Phelps, R . R.)
Bear, H . S. 03
1. Continuous selections of representing measures. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 366-369.
2. Lectures on Gleason points. Lect. Notes in Math., Vol. 121. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-New York, 1970, iii+47 pp.
3. The part metrics in convex sets. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 15-33.
Singh, V . 03
1. An aspect of local property of the absolute summability of the conjugate series of the r-th derived series of Fourier series. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astronom. Phys. 17 (1969) 739-744.
2. Upper bounds on the elastic differential cross sections. Ann. Physics 57 (1970) 461-480.(with Roy, S . M.)
3. An aspect of local property of absolute summability of the conjugate series of the derived Fourier series. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astronom. Phys. 18 (1970) 461-465.
4. On the summation of the conjugate series of the derived Fourier series by Borel's integral method. Univ. Allahabad Studies (N.S.) 2 (1970) no. 3, 191-199.
Floyd, E . E. 02
1. Stiefel-Whitney numbers of quaternionic and related manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 155 (1971) 77-94.
2. Gordon Whyburn 1904-1969. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 77 (1971) 57-72. (with Jones, F. B.)
Andrews, J . J. 03
1. On higher-dimensional fibered knots. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 153 (1971) 416-426.(with Summers, D. W.)
Rubin, L eonard 04
1. Recognizing certain factors of E⁴. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 199-200.
2. The product of any dogbone space with a line is E4. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 189-192.
Husch, L . S. 04
1. On piecewise linear unknotting of polyhedra. Yokohama Math. J. 170 (1969) 87-92.
2. Finding a boundary for a 3-manifold. Ann. Math. (2) 91 (1970) 223-235.(with Price, T . M.)
3. Restrictions of isotopies and concordances. Mich. Math. J. 16 (1969) 303-307.(with Rushing, T . R.)
4. Suspension of PL-embeddings. Bull. London Math. Soc. 2 (1970) 191-195.
5. Homotopy groups of PL-embedding spaces. Pacific J. Math. 33 (1970) 149-155.
Tindell R. S. 04
1. Classifying bounded 2-manifolds in S4. Osaka J. Math. 7 (1970) 173-177.
2. Relative concordance. Topology of Manifolds (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.
Cain, G eorge L. 03
1. Mappings with prescribed singular sets. Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 17 (1969) 200-203.
Fuller Richard 03
1. Semi-uniform spaces and topological homeomorphism groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 365-368.
Williams, R . F. 02
1. The "DA" maps of Smale and structural stability. Global analysis. (Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. Vol. XIV, Berkeley, 1968) 329-334. American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 1970.
Duda, E dwin 02
1. Open mappings on spheres. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 10 (1969) 330-334.
2. Compactness of monotone mappings. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1970) 55-77. State University of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, New York, 1971.
3. Finite-to-one open mappings. Canadian J. Math. 23 (1971) 77-83. (with Haynsworth, W . H.)
Keesling, J. E. 03
1. Compactification and the continuum hypothesis. Fund. Math. 66 (1969/70) 53-54.
2. Closed mappings and local dimension. Colloq. Math. 21 (1970) 75-79.
3. Open mappings and closed subsets of the domain in general metric spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 238-245.
4. On certain ideals of C(X). Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 259-263. (with Nanzetta, P hilip)
5. Locally compact full homeomorphism groups are zero-dimensional. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 390-396.
Haynsworth, W . H. 03
1. Finite-to-one open mappings. Canadian J. Math. 23 (1971) 77-83. (with Duda, E .)
Williams, G. K. 02
1. Continuous and proper decompositions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 267-270.
Duke R. A. 02
1. Geometric embedding of complexes. Amer. Math. Monthly 77 (1970) 597-603.
Dickman, R . F. Jr. 02
1. Functionally compact spaces. Pacific J. Math. 31 (1969) 303-311. (with Zame A.)
2. On closed extensions of functions. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 62 (1969) 326-332.
Garcia-Maynez, A. C. 02
1. Some results in the theory of partially continuous functions. Bol. Soc. Mat. Mexicana (2) 1969 1-8.
2. The separation theorem for quasi-closed sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 399-404.(with Hunt, J . H. V.)
McMillan, E velyn 02
1. On continuity conditions for functions. Pacific J. Math. 32 (1970) 479-494.

R. L. Roberts and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Gilbert, Wilner Paul, Duke University, 1940
  03 Zaccaro, L uke N., Syracuse University, 1957
  03 Lewis, Jesse C., Syracuse University, 1966
  03 Carrano, F rank M., Jr., Syracuse University, 1969
02 Martin, A bram Venable, Jr., Duke University, 1940
02 Civin, P aul, Duke University, 1942
  03 Young, F rederick Harris, University of Oregon, 1951
   04 Boles, J ohn Amos, Oregon State University, 1968
  03 Livingston, A rthur Eugene, University of Oregon, 1952
  03 Chrestenson, H ubert Edwin, University of Oregon, 1953
  03 Selfridge, R alph Gordon, University of Oregon, 1953
   04 Williams, L ouis, University of Florida, 1970
   04 Wright, R everdy, University of Florida, 1971
  03 Hunter, L arry Clifton, University of Oregon, 1957
  03 Peterson, D onald Palmer, University of Oregon, 1957
  03 Dillon, R ichard Thomas, University of Oregon, 195
  03 Cuttle, P ercy Mortimer, University of Oregon, 1959
  03 Cuttle, Y vonne Germaine M. C., University of Oregon, 1959
  03 Chicks, C harles, University of Oregon, 1960
  03 Stafney, J ames D., University of Oregon, 1963
  03 Lindahl, R obert J., University of Oregon, 1964
   04 Dungello, Frank, Pennsylvania State University, 1970
  03 Bachelis, G regory Frank, University of Oregon, 1966
  03 Iltis, D onald Richard, University of Oregon, 1966
  03 White, C hristopher Clarke, University of Oregon, 1967
  03 Honerlah, R aymond W., University of Oregon, 1968
  03 Tomlinson, M ichael B., University of Oregon, 1968
02 Hahn, S amuel Wilfred, Duke University, 1948
02 Gentry, I vey Clinton, Duke University, 1949
02 Jarnagin, Milton Preston, Jr., Duke University, 1950
02 Fulton, L ewis McLeod, Jr., Duke University, 1950
02 Sharp, H enry, Jr., Duke University, 1952
02 Smythe, W illiam R., Duke University, 1955.
02 Gropen, A rthur L., Duke University, 1958
02 Forge, A uguste, Duke University, 1959
02 Kwak, Nosup, Duke University, 1959
02 Saadaldin, M . Jawad, Duke University, 1960
02 Hodel, R ichard Earl, Duke University, 1962
  03 Lobb, B arry Lee, Duke University, 1969
  03 Kramer, Thomas Rollin, Duke University, 1971
02 King, Lunsford Richardson, Duke University, 1963
02 Rosenstein, G eorge Morris, Duke University, 1963
  03 Bernard, A nthony Dwight, Jr., Case Western Reserve Univ., 1968
02 Wenner, B ruce Richard, Duke University, 1964
02 Vaughan, J erry E., Duke University, 1965
02 Slaughter, F rank Gill, Duke University, 1966
02 Wilkinson, J ames, Duke University, 1966
02 Smith, J ames Clarence, Jr., Duke University, 1967
02 Soniat, L eonard Edward, Duke University, 1967
02 Bookhout, G len Allen, Duke University, 1970
02 Nichols, J oseph Caldwell, Duke University, 1970

Publications of J. H. Roberts and his Mathematical Descendants

Roberts, J . H. 01
1. On a problem of C. Kuratowski. Fund. Math. 14 (1929) 92-102.
2. On a problem of G. T. Whyburn. Fund. Math. 13 (1929) 58-61.(with Dorroh, J . L.)
3. On a problem of Menger concerning regular curves. Fund. Math. 14 (1929) 327-333.
4. A note concerning cactoids. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1930) 894896.
5. Concerning atroidic continua. Monat. Mat. Physik. 37 (1930) 223-230.
6. Concerning collections of continua not all bounded. Amer. J. Math. 52 (1930) 551-562.
7. Concerning non-dense plane continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 32 (1930) 6-30.
8. A non-dense plane continuum. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 37 (1931) 720-722.
9. A point set characterization of closed two-dimensional manifolds. Fund. Math. 18 (1931) 39-46.
10. Concerning metric collections of continua. Amer. J. Math. 53 (1931) 422-426.
11. Concerning topological transformations in Eⁿ . Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 34 (1932) 252-262.
12. Concerning uniordered spaces. Proc. Nat. Aca. Sci. 18 (1932) 403406.
13. A property related to completeness. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 38 (1932) 835-838.
14. Concerning compact continua in certain spaces of R. L. Moore. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 39 (1933) 615-621.
15. On a problem of Knaster and Larankiewicz. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 40 (1934) 281-283.
16. Collections filling a plane. Duke Math. J. 2 (1936) 10-19.
17. Note on topological mappings. Duke Math. J. 5 (1939) 428-430.
18. Two-to-one transformations. Duke Math. J. 6 (lg40) 256-262.
19. A theorem on dimension. Duke Math. J. 8 (1941) 565-574.
20. Open transformati:ons and dimension. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947 ) 176-178 .
21. A problem in dimension theory. Amer. J. Math. 70 (1948) 126-128.
22. A nonconvergent iterative process. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 640-644 .
23. The rational points in Hilbert space. Duke Math. J. 23 (1956) 489-492 .
24. Problem of Treybig concerning separable spaces. Duke Math. J. 28 153-156 (1961)
25. Contractibility in spaces of homeomorphisms. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 213-220.
26. Solution to Aufgabe 260 (second part) 1 ) . Elem. Math. 16 (1961) 109-111.
27. Concerning some problems raised by A. Lelek. Fund. Math. 54 (1964) 325-334. (with King, L. R. and Rosenstein, G . M. , Jr.)
28. Zero-dimensional sets blocking connectivity functions. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 173-179.
29. Realizability of metric-dependent dimensions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1968) 1439-1442.
30. Metric-dependent function d₂ and covering dimension. Duke Math. J. 38 (1970) 467-472.
31. Sections of continuous collections. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 49 (1943) 142-143.(with Civin, P aul)
32. On a certain nonlinear integral equation of the Volterra type. Pacific J. Math. 1 (1951) 431-445.(with Mann, W . R.)
33. Two-to-one transformations on two-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 49 (1941) 1-17.(with Martin, A . V)
34. A note on countable-dimensional spaces. Proc. Japan Academy 41 (1965) 155-158.(with Nagami, K eio)
35. Metric-dependent dimension functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 601-604.(with Nagami, K eio)
36. A study of metric dependent dimension functions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 129 (1967) 414-435.(with Nagami, K eio)
37. Metric dimension and equivalent metrics. Fund. Math. 62 (1968) 1-5.(with Slaughter, F . G.)
38. Characterization of dimension in terms of the existence of a continuum. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 681-688.(with Slaughter, F . G.)
39. Monotone transformations of 2-dimensional manifolds. Annals of Math. 39 (1938) 851-862.(with Steenrod, N . E.)
Gilbert, P aul W. 02
1. n to one mappings of linear graphs. Duke Math. J. 9 (1942) 475-486.
Martin, A bram V., Jr. 02
1. Decompositions and quasi-compact mappings. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 463-469.
2. A note on derivatives and neighborly functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 465-467.
3. On a method of Courant for minimizing functionals. J. Math. and Phys. 41 (1962) 291-299.(with Butler, T erence)
Civin Paul 02
1. Inequalities for trigonometric integrals. Duke Math. J. 8 (1941) 656-665.
2. Two-to-one mappings of manifolds. Duke Math. J. 10 (1943) 49-57.
3. Polynomial dominants. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 352-356.
4. Fourier coefficients of dominant functions. Duke Math. J. 13 (1946) 1-7.
5. Mean values of periodic functions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947) 530-535.
6. Approximation in Lip (,p). Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949 794-796.
7. Approximation to conjugate functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 207-208.
8. Multiplicative closure in the Walsh functions. Pacific J. Math. 2 (1952) 291-295.
9. Orthonormal cyclic groups. Pacific J. Math. 4 (1954) 481-482.
10. Abstract Riemann Sums. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 861-868.
11. Some ergodic theorems involving two operators. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 869-876.
12. Correction to `Some erogodic theorems involving two operators.' Pacific J. Math. 6 (1956) 795.
13. A maximum modulus property of maximal subalgebras. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 51-54.
14. Involutions on locally compact rings. Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960) 1199-1202.
15. Isometries of group algebras. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 983-985.
16. Extensions of homomorphisms. Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961) 1223-1233.
17. Ideals in the second conjugate algebra of a group algebra. Math. Scand. 11 (1962) 171-174.
18. Annihilators inthe second conjugate algebra of a group algebra. Pacific J. Math. 12 (1962) 855-862.
19. Weak structural synthesis for certain Banach algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 104 (1962) 420-424.
20. The Multiplicity of a class of perfect sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 260-263.(with Chrestenson, H . E.)
21. Sections of continuous collections. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 49 (1943) 142-143.(with Roberts, J . H.)
22. Maximal closed preprimes in Banach algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (1970J 241-260.(with White, C . C.)
23. Ideals in multiplicative semi-groups of continuous functions. Duke Math. J. 23 (1956) 325-334.(with Yood, B ertram)
24. Ideals in multiplicative semi-groups of continuous functions, A correction. Duke Math. J. 23 (1956) 631.
25. Invariant functionals. Pacific J. Math. 6 (1956) 231-237.
26. Regular Banach algebras with a countable space of maximal regular ideals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 1005-1010.
27. Quasi-reflexive spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 906911 .
28. Involutions on Banach algebras. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 415436.(with Yood, B ertram)
29. The second conjugate space of a Banach algebra as an algebra. Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961) 847-870.
30. Lie and Jordan structures in Banach algebras. Pacific J. Math. 15 (1965) 775-797.(with Yood, B ertram)
Young, F . H. 03
1. A note on summation. Amer. Math. Monthly 57 (1950) 625.
2. Transformations of Fourier coefficients. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1952) 783-791.
3. The NOTS REAC. Amer. Math. Monthly 60 (1953) 237-243.
4. Analysis of shift register counters. J. Assoc. Comput. Mach. 5 (1958) 385-388.
Livinston, Arthur E. 03
1. Some Hausdorff means which exhibit the Gibhs' phenomenon. Pacific J. Math. 3 (1953) 407-415.
2. The Space HP, O p 1, is not normable. Pacific J. Math. 3 (1953) 613-616.
3. A necessary condition for the convergence of f(x)dx. Amer. Math. Monthly 61 (1954) 250-251.
4. The Lebesgue constants for Euler (E,p) summation of Fourier series. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 309-313.
5. A generalization of an inequality due to Beurling. Pacific J. Math. 4 (1954) 251-257.
6. The zeros of a certain class of indefinite integrals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 296-300.
7. The series �f(n)/n for periodic f. Canad. Math. Bull. 8 (1965) 413-432.
8. Meromorphic multivalent close-to-convex functions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 119 (1965) 167-177.
9. On the radius of univalence of certain analytic functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 352-357.
10. A theorem on duality mappings in Banach spaces. Ark. Math. 4 (1962) 405-411.(with Beurling, A rne)
11. The zeros of certain sine-like integrals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 813-816.(with Lorch, L ee)
12. The zeros of some oscillating integrals. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 2 (1961) 438-445.(with Lorch, L ee)
13. A short proof of a classical theorem in the theory of Fourier integrals. Amer. Math. Monthly 62 (1955) 434-437.(with Riesz, Marcel)
Chrestenson, H ubert E. 03
1. A class of generalized Walsh functions. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 17-31. , and Civin, P aul
2. The multiplicity of a class of perfect sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 260-263.
Selfridge, R . G. 03
1. Approximations with least maximum error. Pacific J. Math. 3 (1953) 247-255.
2. Generalized Walsh transformations. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 451480.
3. A table of the incomplete elliptic integral of the third kind. Dover Publications, Inc., New York, (1958) xiv+805.
4. On a form representing a large collection of primes. J. Natur. Sci. and Math. 6 (1966) 241-242.(with Chawla, L . M., Maxfield, J ohn E.)
5. The surface area of a screw. Appl. Sci. Res. 8 (1959) 377385.(with Maxfield, J ohn E.)
6. Similarity classifications of complex matrices. Math. Mag. 34 (1960/61) 147-152.(with Maxfield, J ohn E.)
Hunter, L arry C. 03
1. On induced topologies in quasi-reflexive Banach spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 161-163.
2. Optimum checking procedures. Statistical Theory of Reliability (Proc. Advanced Seminar, Math. Res. Center, U. S. Army, Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., 1962) Univ. of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wis., 1963, 95-113.
3. Asymptotic solutions of certain linear difference equations with applications to some eigenvalue problems. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 24 (1968) 279-289.
4. Optimum redundancy when components are subject to two kinds of failure. J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math. 11 (1963) 64-73. (with Barlow, R ichard E.; Proschan, F rank)
5. Optimum checking procedures. J. Soc. Indust. Appl. Math. 11 (1963) 1078-1095.
Peterson, D . P. 03
1. Linear interpolation, extrapolation, and prediction of random space-time fields with a limited domain of measurement. IEEE Trans., Information Theory IT-ll (1965) 18-30.(with Middleton, D . P.)
Cuttle, P . M. 03
1. Operators on a quasi-reflexive Banach space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 993-997.
Cuttle, Y vonne 03
1. On quasi-reflexive Banach spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 936-940.
Stafney, J ames D. 03
1. Arens multiplication and convolution. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 1423-1447.
2. A permissible restriction on the coefficients in uniform polynomial approximation to C[0,1]. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 393-396.
3. An unbounded inverse property in the algebra of absolutely convergent Fourier series. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 497-498.
4. Approximation of Wp-continuity sets by p-sideon sets. Mich. Math. J. 16 (1969) 161-176.
5. The spectrum of an operator on an interpolation space. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 144 (1969) 333-349.
Bachelis, G regory F. 03
1. Homomorphisms of annihilator Banach algebras. Pacific J. Math. 25 (1968) 229-247.
2. Homomorphisms of annihilator Banach algebras. II. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 283-291.
Iltis, Richard 03
1. Some algebraic structure in the dual of a compact group. Canad. J. Math. 20 (1968) 1499-1510.
White, C . C. 03
1. Maximal closed preprimes in Banach algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (1970) 241-260.(with Civin, P aul)
Hahn, S amual W. 02
1. Universal spaces under strong homeomorphisms. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1951) 301-311.
Gentry, I vey C. 02
1. On the characteristic roots of tournament matrices. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 1133-1135.(with Brauer, A lfred)
2. A new proof of a theorem by H. G. Landau on tournament matrices. J. Combinatorial Theory 5 (1968) 289-292.(with Brauer, A lfred; Shaw, K ay)
Jarnagin, M. P., Jr. 02
1. Integration of the general bivariate Gaussian distribution over an offset circle. Math. Comp. 15 (1961) 375-382.(with DiDonato, A . R.)
2. A method for computing the circular coverage function. Math. Comp. 16 (1962) 347-355.
3. The efficient calculation of the incomplete Beta-function ratio for half integer values of the parameters a,b. Math. Comp. 21 (1967) 652-662.
Fulton, L ewis M., Jr. 02
1. Decompositions induced under finite-to-one closed mappings. Duke Math. J. 18 (1951) 287-295.
Sharp, H enry S., Jr. 02
1. A comparison of methods for evaluating the complex roots of quartic equations. J. Math. Phys. Mass. Inst. Tech. 20 (1941) 243258.
2. Strongly topological imbedding of F6-subsets of E . Amer. J. Math. 75 (1953) 557-564.
3. Autohomeomorphisms on E . Fund. Math. 59 (1966) 171-175.
4. Denseness and completeness in certain function spaces. Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) 266-271.
5. Quasi-orderings and topologies on finite sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 1344-1349.
6. Cardinality of finite topologies. J. Comb. Theory 5 (1968) 82-86.
Smythe, W illiam R., Jr. 02
1. A theorem on upper-semicontinuous decompositions. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 485-495.
2. Charged sphere in cylinder. J. Appl. Phys. 31 (1960) 553-556.
3. Flow around a sphere in a circular tube. Phys. Fluids 4 (1961) 756-759.
4. Charged sphereoid in cylinder. J. Math. Phys. 4 (1963) 833-837.
5. Introduction to linear programming with applications. Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J., (1966) viii+221. (with Johnson, Lynwood A.)
Gropen Arthur L. 02
1. Special homeomorphisms in the functional space C(X,I_2n+1) Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 629-637.
Forge, A uguste 02
1. Dimension preserving compactifications allowing extensions of continuous functions. Duke Math. J. 12 (1964) 1-5.
Saadaldin, M . J. 02
1. A generalized Lebesgue covering theorem. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 539-542.
Hodel, R ichard Earl 02
1. Open functions and dimension. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 461-467.
2. Total normality and the hereditary property. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 462-465.
3. Note on metric-dependent dimension functions. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 83-89.
4. Sum theorems for topological spaces. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 59-65.
King, L. R. 02
1. Concerning some problems raised by A. Lelek. Fund. Math. 54 (1964) 325-334.(with Roberts, J . H.; Rosenstein, G . M., Jr.)
Rosenstein G. M. 02
1. A further extension of Lebesgue's covering theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 683-788.
2. Concerning some problems raised by A. Lelek. Fund. Math. 54 (1964) 325-334.(with King, L. R.; Roberts, J . H.)
Wenner, B . R. 02
1. Dimension on boundaries of E-spheres. Pacific J. Math. (1968) 201210.
2. Remetrization in strongly countable-dimensional spaces. Canad. J. Math. 21 (1969) 748-750.
3. Note on a theorem on J. Nagata. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 4-6.(with Vaughan, J . E.)
Vau han J E 02
1. A modification of Morita's characterization of dimension. Pacific J. Math. 20 (1967) 189-196.
2. Linearly ordered collections and paracompactness. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 168-172
3. Note on a theorem by J. Nagata. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 4-6.(with Wenner, B . R.)
Slaughter, F rank Gill, Jr. 02
1. A note on inverse images of closed mappings. Proc. Japan Acad. 44 (1968) 628-632.
2. Metric dimension and equivalent metrics. Fund. Math. 62 (1968) 1-5.(with Roberts, J . H.)
Wilkinson James B. 02
1. A lower bound for the dimension of certain B sets in completely normal spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 175-178.
Smith, J ames C., Jr. 02
1. Characterizations of metric-dependent dimension functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1264-1269.
2. Lebesgue characterizations of uniformity-dimension functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 164-169.
Soniat, L eonard E. 02
1. A new characterizaation of Hausdorff K-spaces. Proc. Japan Acad. 44 (1968) 1031-1032.(with Lin, Y . F.)
Nichols, J . C. 02
1. Equivalent metrics giving different values to metric-dependent dimension functions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 648-652.
Roberts, J . H. 01
1. Metric-dependent function d2 and covering dimension. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 467-472.
2. Characterization of dimension in terms of the existence of a continuum. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 681-688.(with Slaughter, F . G.)
Bachelis, G . F. 03
1. On the ideal of unconditionally convergent Fourier series in L_p(G). Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 309-312.
Sharp, H enry 02
1. The permanent of a transitive relation. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 153-157 .
Hodel, R . E. 02
1. A note on subparacompact spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 842-845 .
Wenner, B . R. 02
1. Sums of finite-dimensional spaces. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. (1969) 357-361.
2. Extending maps and dimension theory. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 627-631 .
3. Dimensions-theoretic properties of completions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 590-594.
Vaughan, J . E. 02
1. Spaces of countable and point-countable type. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 151 (1970) 341-351.
2. Perfect mappings and spaces of countable type. Canadian J. Math. 22 (1970) 1208-1210.
3. Paracompactness and elastic spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 299-303 .(with Tamano, Hisahiro)
Slaughter, F . G. 02
1. Characterization of dimension in terms of the existence of a continuum. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 681-688. (with Roberts, J . H.)
Bookhout, G . A. 02
1. Metric dimension of complete metric spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 754-759.
Cleveland, C . M. 01
1. Concerning points of a continuous curve that are not accessible from each other. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 18 (1927) 275-276.
2. On the existence of acyclic curves satisfying certain conditions with respect to a given continuous curve. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 33 (1931) 958-978.
Dorroh, J . L. 01
1. Concerning a set of metrical hypothesis for geometry. Ann. of Math. (2) 29 (1928).
2. On a problem of G. T. Whyburn. Fund. Math. (1929) (with Roberts, J . H.)
3. Concerning a set of axioms for the semi-quadratic geometry of a three-space. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 36 (1930).
4. Concerning adjunctions to algebras. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 38 (1932).
5. Concerning the direct product of algebras. Ann. of Math. 36 (1935).
6. On the rational roots of polynomial equations. Amer. Math. Monthly 53 (1946) 383-384.(with Howell, L . B.)
7. Some metric propoerties of descriptive planes. Amer. J. Math. 43 (1931).
Vickery, C . W. 01
1. Spaces in which there exist uncountable convergent sequences of points. Tahoku Math. J. 40 (1935) 1-26.
2. Spaces of uncountably many dimensions. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45 (1939) 456-462.
3. Axioms for Moore spaces and metric spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 560-564.
4. Cyclically invariant graduation. Econometrica. 12 (1944) 19-25.
Klipple, E. C. 01
1. Two-dimensional spaces in which there exist contiguous points. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 44 (1938) 250-276.
Basye, R . E. 01
1. Concerning two internal properties of plane continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1935) 670-674.
2. Simply connected sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 38 (1935) 341356.
3. Some separation properties of the plane. Amer. J. Math. 58 (1936) 323-328.

F. Burton Jones and his Mathematical Descendandts

02 McAuley, L . F., University ofNorth Carolina, 1954
  03 McAllister, B yron L., University of Wisconsin, 1966
  03 Ungar, G erald S., Rutgers University, 1967
  03 Wilson, D avid, Rutgers University, 1969
  03 Christoph, F rancis T., Rutgers University, 1969
  03 Addis, D avid, Rutgers University, 1970
  03 Haver, W illiam E., SUNY, Binghamton, 1970
  03 Reed, M yra S. SUNY, Binghamton, 1971
  03 Baildon, J ohn D. SUNY, Binghamton, 1971
  03 Woodruff, E dythe P., SUNY, Binghamton, 1971
02 Smith, M arion B., University of North Carolina, 1957
02 Grace, E . E., University of North Carolina, 1957
  03 Hagopian, C harles L., Arizona State University, 1968
  03 Berg, G ordon Owen, Arizona State University, 1969
  03 Fitzgerald, Robert W.j Arizona State University, 1969
  03 Schlais, H arold Eugene, Arizona State University, 1971
02 Heath, R obert W., Univerity of North Carolina, 1959
02 Roy, P rabir, University of North Carolina, 1962
02 Thomas, E dward Sandusky, Jr., University of California, Riverside, 1965
02 Greef, L ynn George, University of California, Riverside, 1966
02 Arnquist, C lifford W., University of California, Riverside, 1967
02 Vought,Eldon Jon, University of California, Riverside, 1967
02 Rogers, J ames Ted, Jr., University of California, Riverside, 1967
02 Shirley, E dward D., University of California, Riverside, 1969
02 Rogers Leland Edward, University of California, Riverside, 1970
02 Gordh, G eorge Rudolph, University of California, Riverside, 1971

Publications of F. Burton Jones and his Mathematical Descendants

Jones, F. Burton 01
1. A theorem concerning locally peripherally separable spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 41 (1935) 437-439.
2. Concerning certain topologically flat spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 42 (1937) 53-93.
3. Concerning normal and completely normal spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 43 (1937) 671-677.
4. Concerning R. L. Moore's Axiom 5. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 44 (1938) 689-692.
5. Concerning the boundary of a complementary domain of a continuous curve. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45 (1939) 428-435.
6. Concerning certain linear abstract spaces and simple continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 45 (1939) 623-628.
7. Certain equivalences and subsets of the plane. Duke Math. J. 5 (1939) 133-145.
8. Almost cyclic elements and simple links of a continuous curve. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 661-664.
9. Aposyndetic continua and certain boundary value problems. Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941) 544-545.
10. Connected and disconnected plane sets and the functional equation f(x) + f(y) = f(x+y). Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1942) 115120.
11. Measure and other properties of a Hamel basis. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 48 (1942) 472-481.
12. Concerning the separability of certain locally connected metric spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 303-306.
13. A characterization of a semi-locally connected plane continuum. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1947) 170-175.
14. Concerning non-aposyndetic continua. Amer. J. Math. 70 (1948) 403-413.
15. A note on homogeneous plane continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 113-114.
16. Certain homogeneous unicoherent indecomposable continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 855-859.
17. Concerning aposyndetic and non-aposyndetic continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 58 (195Z) 137-151. (This is the published text of his invited hour address given before the American Mathematical Society, Boulder, Colorado, September 1, 1949.)
18. On the separation of the set of pairs-of a set. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci.Soc. 68 (1952) 44-45.
19. On certain well-ordered monotone collections of sets. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 69 (1953) 30-34.
20. On a property related to separability in metric spaces. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 70 (1954) 30-33.
21. On a certain type of homogeneous plane continuum. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 735-740.
22. On the existence of weak cut points in plane continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 530-532.
23. R. L. Moore's Axiom 1' and metrization. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 487.
24. Moore spaces and uniform spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 483-486.
25. Product spaces in n-manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 171-192.
26. On the first axiom of countability for locally compact Hausdorff spaces. Colloq. Math. 7 (1959) 33-34.
27. Another cutpoint theorem for plane continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 556-558.
28. The cyclic connectivity of plane continua. Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961) 1013-1016.
29. On the existence of a small connected open set with a connected boundary. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 68 (1962) 117-119.
30. A fixed point free mapping of a connected plane set. Colloq. Math. 11 (1963) 73-74.
31. Stone's 2-sphere conjecture. Amer. J. Math. 87 (1965) 497-501.
32. Remarks on the normal Moore space metrization problem. Annals of Math. Studies. 60 (1966) 115-119.
33. Connected G_d-graphs. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 341-345. (with Thomas, E . S.)
34. On the plane one-to-one map of a line. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 231-233.
35. Stronger forms of aposyndetic continua. Topology Conference, Arizona State University (1967) edited by E. E. Grace (1967) 170-173.(with Vought, E . J.)
36. Fake Souslin trees. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969).
37. Countable locally conncected Urysohn spaces.(with Stone, A . H.)
38. One-to-one continuous images of a line. Fund. Math.
McAuley Louis F. 02
1. An atomic decomposition of continua into aposyndetic continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1958) 1-11.
2. Some upper semi-continuous decompositions of E³ into E³. Ann. of Math. (2) 73 (1961) 437-457.
3. Upper semi-continuous decompositions of E³ into E³ and generalizations of metric spaces. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics (Proc. The Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., (1962) 21-26.
4. Lifting disks and certain light open mappings. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 53 (1965) 255-260.
5. Concerning a conjecture of Whyburn on light open mappings. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1965) 671-674.
6. Conditions for the equability of the inductive dimensions. Port. Math. 24 (1965) 21-30.
7. Conditions under which light open mappings are homeomorphisms. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 445-452.
8. Another decomposition of E³ into points and intervals. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 33-51. Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966.
9. Completely regular mappings, fiber spaces, the weak bundle properties, and the generalized slicing structure properties. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 219-226. Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton University Press, Princeton, J. J., 1966.
10. 33 The existence of a complete metric for a special mapping space and some consequences. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 135-139. Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966.
11. Open mappings and open problems. Topology Conference (Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 1967), 184-202, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 1968.
12. Certain mappings of decompositions which are topologically projections. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 941-944.
13. Whyburn's conjecture for some differentiable maps. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 56 (1966) 405-412.(with Cronin-Scanlon, Jane)
14. Semigroups on continua rules by arcs. Fund. Math. 56 (1964) 1-8.(with Koch, R. J.)
15. Semigroups on trees. Fund. Math. 50 (1961/62) 341-346.
16. On hereditarily locally connected spaces and one-to-one continuous images of a line. Colloq. Math. 17 (1967) 319-324.(with Lelek, A.)
17. A new "cyclic" elementary theory. Math Zeit. 101 (1967) 152164.(with McAllister, B . L.)
18. Fiber spaces and n-regularity. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 33-51. Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966.(with Tulley, P . A.)
19. Lifting cells for certain light open mappings. Math. Ann. 175 (1968) 114-120.(with Tulley, P . A.)
Ungar, G erald S. 03
1. Local homogeneity. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 693-700.
2. Light fiber maps. Fund. Math. 62 (1968) 31-45.
3. Pseudoregular mappings. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 225-229.
4. A pathological fiber space. Illinois J. Math. 12 (1968) 623-625.
5. Completely regular maps, fiber maps and local n-connectivity. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 104-108.
6. Conditions for a mapping to have the slicing structure property. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 549-553.
Grace, E . E. 02
1. A note on linear spaces and unicoherence. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 70 (1954) 33-34.
2. Cut sets in totally nonaposyndetic continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 98-104.
3. Totally non-connected im kleinen continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 9 (1958) 808-821.
4. A totally nonaposyndetic, compact, Hausdorff space with no cut point. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 281-283.
5. Cutpoints in totally non-semilocally-connected continua. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 1241-1244.
6. On local properties and G sets. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 12451248.
7. Certain questions related to the equivalence of local connectedness and connectedness im kleinen. Colloq. Math. 13 (1964/65) 211-216.
8. Peripheral covering properties imply covering properties. Canad. J. Math. 20 (1968) 257-263.
9. On the existence of generalized cut points in strongly non-locally connected continua. Proc. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) 138-146. Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968)
10. Separability and metrizability in pointwise paracompact Moore spaces. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 603-613.(with Heath, R . W.)
Hagopian, C harles L. 03
1. On non-aposyndesis and the existence of a certain generalized cut point. Proc. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz,, 1967) 327-329 Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968.
2. Mutual aposyndesis. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 615-622.
3. Concerning semi-local connectedness and cutting in nonlocally connected continua. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 657-662.
4. Concerning arcwise connectedness and the existence of simple closed curves in plane continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (1970) 389-402.
Fitzgerald, R. W. 03
1. The Cartesian product of non-degenerate compact continua is n-point aposyndetic. Proc. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968 324-326.
2. Core decompositions of continua. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 33-50. (with Swingle, P. M.)
Heath, R obert W. 02
1. A regular semi-metric space for which there is no semi-metric under which all spheres are open. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 810-811.
2. Arc-wise connectedness in semi-metric spaces. Pacific J. Math. 12 (1962) 1301-1319.
3. Screenability, pointwise paracompactness, and metrization of Moore spaces. Canadian J. Math. 16 (1964) 763-770.
4. Separability and X₁-compactness. Colloq. Math. 12 (1964) 11-14.
5. On open mappings and certain spaces satisfying the first countability axiom. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 91-96.
6. On spaces with point-countable bases. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astronom. Phys. 13 (1965) 393-395.
7. A paracompact semi-metric space which is not an M3-space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 868-870.
8. Topological well-ordering and continuous selections. Invent. Math. 6 (1968) 150-158.(with Engelking, J . R.; Michael, E .)
9. Separability and metrizability in pointwise paracompact Moore spaces. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 603-610.(with Grace, E . E.)
Roy, P rabir 02
1. Failure of equivalence of dimension concepts for metric spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 68 (1962) 609-613.
2. On the properties and construction of HGD designs with m-associate classes. Calcutta Statist. Assoc. Bull. 11 (1962) 10-38.
3. Separability of connected, locally connected, metric spaces. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 99-100.
4. A countable connected Urysohn space with a dispersion point. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 331-333.
5. Nonequality of dimensions for metric spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 134 (1968) 117-132.
  A Holder type inequality for symmetric matrices with non-negative entries. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 1244-1245. (with Blakley, G . R.)
Thomas, E dward S., Jr. 02
1. A stronger bridge theorem. Colloq. Math. 13 (1964/65) 209-210.
2. Some characterizations of functions of Baire class 1. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 456-461.
3. Monotone decompositions of irreducible continua. Rozprawy Math. 50 (1966) 74.
4. Spaces determined by their homeomorphism groups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 126 (1967) 244-250.
5. A classification of continua by certain cutting properties. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 139-148.
6. Extending real maps defined on a subset of a disk. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 75-80.(with Ball, B . J.; Ford, J o)
7. Aligning functions defined on Cantor sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 63-69.(with Ford, J o)
8. Mazur's theorem on sequentually continuous linear functionals. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 644-647.(with Isbell, John R.)
9. Connected G graphs. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 341-345. (with Jones, F. Burton)
10. Isomorphic cone-complexes. Pacific J. Math. 22 (1967) 345-348. (with Segal, J ack)
Vought, E ldon J. 02
1. A classification scheme and characterization of certain curves. Colloq. Math. 20 (1969) 91-98.
2. A characterization of hereditarily indecomposable continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1968) 502-503.
3. n-aposyndetic continua and cutting theorems. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 140 (1969) 127-135.
4. Stronger forms of aposyndetic continua. Proc. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) 170-173. Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., (1968)(with Jones, F. Burton)
Jones, F. Burton 01
1. One-to-one continuous images of a line. Fund. Math. 67 (1970) no. 3, 285-292.
2. Gordon T. Whyburn 1904-1969. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 77 (1971) 57-72.(with Floyd, E . E.)
McAuley, L . F. 02
1. Some fundamental theorems and problems related to monotone mappings. Proc. of the First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings. (editor) (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1970) State Univ. of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N.Y., 1971.
2. Spaces of certain non-alternating mappings. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 43-56.
3. Concerning open selections: Set-Valued Mappings, Selections, and Topological Properties of 2^X. (Proc. Conf. SUNY, Buffalo, N.Y., 1969) 49-53. Lecture Notes in Mathematics Vol. 171. Springer, Berlin, 1970.
Ungar, G erald S. 03
1. Spaces of homeomorphisms. Port. Math. 27 (1968) 67-73.
Wilson, D . C. 03
1. Complete regular mappings and dimension. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 1057-1061.
2. Monotone mappings of manifolds onto cells. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1970) State Univ. of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971. 37-54.
Christoph, F . T. 03
1. Ideal extensions of topological semigroups. Canadian J. Math. 22 (1970) 1168-1175.
2. Embedding topological semigroups in topological groups. Semigroup Forum 1 (1970) no. 3, 224-231.
3. Free topological semigroups and embedding topological semigroups in topological groups. Pacific J. Math. 34 (19703 343-353.
Haver William E. 03
1. A characterization theorem for cellular maps. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 1277-1280.
Woodruff, E dythe P. 03
1. Concerning the condition that a disk in E³/G be the image of a disk in E³. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N.Y., 1970) State Univ. of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971.
Hagopian, C harles L. 03
1. On generalized forms of aposyndeses. Pacific J. Math. 34 (1970) 97-108.
2. A fixed point theorem for plane continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 77 (1971) 351-354.
3. Errata to: `Concerning arcwise connectedness and the evidence of simple closed curves in plane continua.' Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 157 (1971) 507-509.
4. A class of arcwise connected continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (1971) 164-168.
Heath, R obert W. 02
1. An easier proof that a certain countable space is not stratifiable. Proc. Wash. State Univ. Conf. on General Topology, Pullman, Wash., 1970) 56-59. Pi Mu Epsilon, Department of Mathematics, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington, 1970.
Roy, P rabir 02
1. Separability of metric spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 149 (1970) 19-43.
Thomas, E . S. 02
1. Flows on nonorientable 2-manifolds. J. Diff. Equa. 7 (1970) 448-453.
2. The depth of the center 2-manifolds. Global Analysis (Proc. Sympos. Pure Math. Vol. XIV, Berkeley, Calif., 1968) 253-264. American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island, 1970.(with Schwartz, A . J.)
Vought, E . J. 02
1. Concerning continua not separated by any nonaposyndetic subcontinuum. Pacific J. Math. 31 (1969) 257-262.
Rogers, J ames T., Jr. 02
1. The pseudo-circle is not homogeneous. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 148 (1970) 417-428.
2. Mapping the pseudo-arc onto circle-like, self-entwined continua. Mich. Math. J. 17 (1970) 91-96.
3. Pseudo-circles and universal circularly chainable continua. Illinois J. Math. 14 (1970) 222-237.
4. Inverse limit spaces defined by only finitely many distinct bonding maps. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 117-120.(with Jolly, R. F.)
5. Embedding the hyperspaces of circle-like plane continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 165-168.
6. Homeomorphism groups of weak solenoidal spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 242-246.(with Tollefson, J. L.)
7. Homogeneous inverse limit spaces with non-regular covering maps as bonding maps. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 417-420. (with Tollefson, J. L.)
Shirley, E . D. 02
1. Homomorphisms on connected topological lattices. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 483-490.(with Stralka, A. R.)
Rogers, L eland 02
1. The computation of fundamental periodic subadditive functions. Math. Algorithms 3 (1968) 2-22.(with Jolly, R. F. Detmer, R ichard C.)
Gordh, G . R., Jr. 02
1. Monotone decompositions of irreducible Hausdorff continua. Pacific J. Math. 36 (1971) 647-658.

R. H. Sorgenfrey and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Whittaker, J ames, U. C. L. A., 1958
  03 Su, L i Pi , University of British Columbia, 1966
  03 Chew, K im Peu, University of British Columbia, 1969
  03 Lee, Jong Pil, University of Alberta, 1970
  03 Choo, E ng Ung, University of British Columbia, 1971
02 Berri, M anua P., U. C. L. A., 1961
  03 Scarborough, C harles T., Tulane University, 1964
  03 Strecker, G eorge E., Tulane University, 1966
  03 Stephenson, R obert M., Jr., Tulane University, 1967
  03 Schnare, P aul S., Tulane University, 1967
02 Franklin, S tanley P., U. C. L. A., 1963
  03 Mishra, A rvind Kumar, Indian Institute of Technology, 1970
  03 Nyikos, P eter, Carnegie-Mellon University, 1971
02 Sabello, R alph, U. C. L. A., 1969

Publications of R. H. Sorgenfrey and his Mathematical Descendants

Sorgenfrey, R . H. 01
1. Concerning triodic continua. Amer. J. Math. 66 (1944) 439-460.
2. Some theorem on co-terminal arcs. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50 (1944) 257-259.
3. Concerning continua irreducible about N points. Amer. J. Math. 68 (1946) 667-671.
4. On the topological product of paracompact spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 (1947) 631-632.
5. Dimension lowering mappings of convex sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 179-181.
6. Minimal regular spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 454-458.(with Berri, M . P.)
7. Closed and image-closed relations. Pacific J. Math. 19 (1966) 433-439.(with Franklin S P.)
Whittaker, J ames V. 02
1. On the structure of half-groups. Canadian J. Math. 11 (1959) 651659.
2. Normal subgroups of some homeomorphism groups. Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960) 1469-1478.
3. Coincidence sets and transformations of function spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 101 (1961) 457-476.
4. On isomorphic groups and homeomorphic spaces. Ann. of Math. (2) 78 (1963) 74-91.
5. Some normal subgroups of homeomorphisms. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 123 (1966) 88-98.
6. A mountain-climbing problem. Canadian J. Math. 18 (1966) 873-880.
7. Multiply transitive groups of transformations. Pacific J. Math. 23 (1967) 180-207.
Su, L i Pi 03
1. Algebraic properties of certain rings of continuous functions. Pacific J. Math. 27 (1968) 175-191.
Chew, K . P. 03
1. Distance group. Bull. Math. Soc. Nanyang Univ. (1964) 75-100.
Lee, Jong Pil 03
1. Semi-topological groups. Amer. Math. Monthly 72 (1965) 996-998.(with Bohn, E lwood)
Choo, E ng Ung 03
1. Some results on coherent graphs. J. Nanyang Univ. 1 (1967) 289-308.(with Teh, H . H.)
Berri, M anual P. 03
1. Minimal topological spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 108 (1963) 97-105.
2. Categories of certain minimal topological spaces. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 4 (1964) 78-82.
3. The complement of a topology for some topological groups. Fund. Math. 58 (1966) 159-162.
4. Minimal regular spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1964) 7882.(with Sorgenfrey, R . H.)
Scarborough, C harles T. 03
1. Minimal Urysohn spaces. Pacific J. Math. 27 (1968) 611-617.
2. Minimal topologies. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 215-219. (with Stephenson, R . M.)
3. Products of nearly compact spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 124 (1966) 131-147.(with Stone, A . H.)
Strecker, G . E. 03
1. The compactness operator in general topology. General topology and its relations to modern analysis and algebra, II (Proc. Second Prague Topological Sympos., 1966) 161-163. Acadmia, Prague, 1967.(with DeGroot, J .; Wattel, E .)
2. H-closed spaces and reflective sub-categories. Math. Ann. 177 (1968) 302-309.(with Herrlich, H .)
3. Cotopology and minimal Hausdorff spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 569-574.(with Higliono, G .)
4. A coherent embedding of an arbitrary topological space in a semiregular space. Math. Centrum. Amsterdam Afd. Zuivere Wisk. (1966) ZW-006, 11.(with Wattel, E .)
5. On semi-regular and minimal Hausdorff embeddings. Neder. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A 70 = Idag. Math. 29 (1967) 234-237.
6. J. Strengthening Alexander's subbase theorem. Duke Math. J. 36 (1968) 671-676.(with Wattel, E .; Herrlich, H ; de Groot, J.)
Stephenson, R . M., Jr. 03
1. Spaces for which the Stone-Weierstrass theorem holds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 133 (1968) 537-546.
2. Pseudocompact spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 134 (1968) 437448.
3. Two minimal first countable Hausdorff spaces. Math Zeit. 108 (1969) 171-i72.
4. Minimal first countable topologies. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 138 (1969) 115-127.
5. A countable minimal Urysohn space is compact. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 625-626.
6. Noncut points and modified compactness conditions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 266-272.
7. Product spaces for which the Stone-Weierstrass theorem holds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 284-288.
8. Minimal topologies. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 215-219. (with Scarborough, C . T.)
Jensen, R . A. 02
1. Surfaces of vertical order 3 are tame. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 151-154.(with Loveland, L . D.)
Schnare, P aul S. 03
1. Multiple complementation in the lattice of topologies. Fund. Math. 62 (1968) 53-59.
2. The maximal to (Respectively T₁) subspace lemma is equivalent to the axiom of choice. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 761.
3. Infinite complementation to the lattice of topologies. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 249-255.
Franklin, S . P. 02
1. Quotient topologies from power topologies. Arch. Math. 15 (1964) 341-342.
2. Spaces in which sequences suffice. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 107115.
3. Compactness and semi-continuity. Israel J. Math. 3 (1965) 13-14.
4. On unique sequential limits. Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 14 (1966) 12-14.
5. Open and image-open relations. Colloq. Math. 12 (1964) 209-211.
6. Spaces in which sequences suffice. II. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 51-56. An isomorphism theorem. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. Sect. A 67 (1968) 219-221.
7. Natural covers. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 253-291.
8. On two questions of Moore and Mrowka. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 597-599
9. Ordinal invariants for topological spaces. Mich. Math. J. 15 (1968) 313-320, Addendum, ibid. 15 (1968) 506.(with Archangelskii, A . V.)
10. Spaces of continuous relations. Math. Ann. 169 (1967) 289293.(with Day, J ane M.)
11. Straddles on semigroups. Math. Mag. 34 (1960/61) 269-270. (with Lindsay, John W.)
12. 0-sequences and 0-nets. Amer. Math. Monthly 72 (1965) 506510.(with Robertson, L . C.)
13. Closed and image-closed relations. Pacific J. Math. 19 (1966) 433-439.(with Sorgenfrey, R . H.)
14. The least element map. Colloq. Math. 15 (1966) 217-221. (with Wallace, A . D.)
Su, L . P. 03
1. A homology theorem for rings of functions. Amer. Math. Monthly 76 (1969) 804-806.
Chew, K . P. 03
1. A characterization of N-compact spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 679-682.
Berri, M . P. 02
1. A survey of minimal topological spaces. General Topology and its Relations to Modern Analysis and Algebra. III (Proc. Conf. Kanpur, 1968) 93-114. Academie, Prague, 1971.(with Porter, J . R.; Stephenson, R . M., Jr.)
Strecker, G . E. 03
1. Compactness as an operator. Composito Math. 21 (1969) 349-375. (with DeGroot, J .; Herrlich, H .; Wattel, E .)
2. Coreflective subcategories. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 157 (1971) 205-226.(with Herrlich, H .)
Franklin S. P. 02
1. On open extensions of maps. Canadian J. Math. 22 (1970) 691-696. (with Kohli, J. K.)
2. On the topological characterization of the real line. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 2 (1970) 589-591.(with Krishnarao, G. V.)
3. A homogeneous Hausdorff Eo space which is not El; a new metrization proof. Proc. of the Kanpur Topological Conf., 1968. Scientific editors: J. Novak, M. Venkataraman, G. T. Whyburn. Editors: S. P. Franklin, A. Frolik, V. Koutnik. Academia [Publishing House of the Czech. Acad. of Sci], Prague; Academic Press, New York-London, 1971. 332 pp.
Publications of R. L. Swain
Swain R. L. 01
1. Approximate isometries in bounded spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 727-729.
2. Bounded models of the Euclidean plane. I. Condensed graphs. Amer. Math. Monthly 61 (1954) 21-26.
Publications of Harlan C. Miller
Miller, H arlan C. 01
1. A theorem concerning closed and compact point sets which lie in connected domains. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 46 (1940) 848.
2. On unicoherent continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1950) 179194.

Gail S. Young and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Alford, W illiam Robert, Tulane University, 1963

  03 Mullin, J . B., Georgia University, 1970
02 Haque, M ohammed Rashidul, Tulane University, 1964
02 Marx, M orris Leon, Tulane University, 1964

  03 Wells, C arroll Glenn, Vanderbilt University, 1969
  03 Kilgore, Mary Spruill, Vanderbilt University, 1969
02 Mathews, H arry Thomas, Tulane University, 1969

  03 Rodriguez, R ene, University of Tennessee, 1968
  03 Cowan, R ichard, Universityof Tennessee, 1969
  03 Chadick, S tanley, University of Tennessee, 1969
02 Schneider, W alter Jan, Tulane University, 1964
02 Boyce, W illiam Martin, Tulane University, 1967
02 Cannon, R aymond Joseph, Jr., Tulane University, 1968

Publications of Gail S. Young and his Mathematical Descendants

Young, G ail S. 01
1. A generalization of Moore's theorem of simple triods. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50 (1944) 714.
2. On continua whose links are non-intersecting. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 50 (1944) 920-925.
3. Spaces in which every arc has two sides. Ann. of Math. (2) 46 (1945) 182-193.
4. The introduction of local connectivity by change of topology. Amer. J. Math. 68 (1946) 479-494.
5. Spaces congruent with bounded subsets of the line. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 915-917.
6. On compact fiberings of the plane. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 53 295-298 (1947) (Clayton) 8-595.
7. A characterization of 2-manifolds. Duke Math. J. 14 (1947) 979990 .
8. On l-regular convergence of sequences of 2-manifolds. Amer. J. Math. 71 (1949) 339-343.
9. On continuous curves irreducible about compact sets. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 439-441.
10. On the factors and fiberings of manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1950) 215-223.
11. A generalization of the Rutt-Roberts theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 586-588.
12. A footnote to "Statistical decision functions." Mich. Math. J. (1952) 186-188 (1953).
13. The linear functional equation. Amer. Math. Monthly 65 (1958) 37-38.
14. A theorem on dimension. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1952) 159-161 (Katetov) 13-764.(with Curtis, M orton L.)
15. Extensions of Liouville's theorem to n dimensions. Math. Scand. 6 (1958) 289-292.
16. A generalization of Bagemihl's theorem of ambiguous points. Mich. Math. J. 5 (1958) 223-227.
17. Fixed-point theorems arcwise connected continua Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 880-884.
18. Types of ambiguous behavior of analytic functions. Mich. Math. J. 8 (1961) 193-200.
19. Representations of Banach spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 667-668.
20. Types of ambiguous behavior of analytic functions. II. Mich. Math. J. 10 (1963) 147-149.
21. The inversion of Peano continua by analytic functions. Fund. Math. 56 (1964-65) 301-311.
22. A condition for the absolute homotopy extension property. Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1964) 896-897.
23. Topology. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Reading, Mass. and London (1961) ix+374.(with Hocking, J . G.)
24. Product spaces in n-manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 307-308.(with Jones, F. B.)
25. Conformal mapping and Peano curves. Mich. Math. J. 1 (1952) 69-72 (Rogosinski) 14-262.(with Piranian, G eorge; Titus, C . J.)
26. A Jacobian condition for interiority. Mich. Math. J. 1 (1952) 89-94 (G. T. Whyburn) 14-192.(with Titus, C . J.)
27. An extension theorem for a class of differential operators. Mich. Math. J. 6 (1959) 195-204.(with Titus, C . J.)
28. The extension of interioritys with some applications. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 103 (1962) 329-340.
Alford, W . R. 02
1. Some "nice" wild 2-spheres in E³. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. The Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 29-33 Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
2. Uncountably many different involutions of S³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 186-196.
3. Complements of minimal spanning surfaces of knots are not unique. Ann. of Math. (2) 91 (1970) 419-424.
4. Some almost polyhedral wild arcs. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 33-38.(with Ball, B . J.)
5. A note on 0-dimensional decompositions of E³. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 377-378.(with Sher, R . B.)
6. Defining sequences for compact O-dimensional decompositions of Eⁿ . Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Scie. Math. Astronom. Phys. 17 (1969) 209-212.(with Sher, R . B.)
Haque, M . R. 02
1. Cech homology and cohomology groups of compact, lcn spaces. I. J. Natur. Sci. and Math. 7 (1967) 59-70.
2. On a theorem of G. Ricci Curbastro and the Gaussian curvatures of the minimal surfaces in R₄. J. Natur. Sci. and Math. 7 (1967) 245-251.
3. A duality theorem of Pontrjagin type. J. Natur. Sci. and Math. 7 (1967) 51-57.
Marx, M orris L. 02
1. Normal curves arising from light open mappings of the annulus. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 120 (1965) 46-56.
2. The branch point structure of extension of interior boundaries. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 131 (1968) 79-98.
3. Whyburn's conjecture for C² maps. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 660-661.
4. Light open mappings on a torus with a disc removed. Mich. Math. J. 15 (1968) 449-456.
5. The Gauss realizability problem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 610-613.
6. Interior and polynomial extensions of immersed circles.(with Verhey, R oger F.)
7. Linear recursive sequences. SIAM Rev. 10 (1968) 342-353. (with Fillmore, J ay P.)
Mathews, H . T. 02
1. A note on Bagemihl's ambiguous point theorem. Math Zeit. 9 tl965) 138-139.
2. Cluster sets at isolated and nonisolated singularities. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 53 (1965) 1264-1266.
3. Left and right boundary cluster sets in n-space. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 667-672.
4. The n-arc property for functions meromorphic in the disk. Math Zeit. 93 (1966) 164-170.
Schneider W. J. 02
1. An entire transcendental function whose inverse takes sets of finite measure into sets of finite measure. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 841-842.
2. Some extensions of the Nevanlinna 2-constant theorem and the Hadamard 3-circle thecrem. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 17 (1967) 280291.
3. A problem in 2-dimensional heat flow. Math. Mag. 40 (1967) 144145.
4. An elementary proof of a theorem of MacLane. Monatsh. Math. 72 (1968) 144-146.
5. On the growth of entire functions along half rags. Entire functions and related Parts of Analysis (Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., La Jolla, Calif., 1966) Amer. Math. Soc. Providence, R. I., 1968, 377-385.
6. A note on L. D. Faddeev's three-particle theory. Helv. Phys. Acta 40 (1967) 745-748.(with Albeverio, S ,; Hunziker, W . and Schrader, R .)
7. A short proof of a lemma of G. R. MacLane. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 604-605.(with Barth, K . F.)
8. On a problem of Bagemihl and Erdos concerning the distributions of zeros of an annular function. J. Reine Angew. Math. 234 (1969) 179-183. Exponentiation of functions in MacLane's class A. J. Reine Angew. Math. 236 (1969) 120-130.
9. On the impossibillty of extending the Riesz uniqueness theorem to functions of slow growth. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. Ser. A I No. 432 (1968) 9 pages.
10. On the question of Seidel concerning holomorphic functions bounded on a spiral. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 1255-1262.
11. On a problem of Collingwood concerning meromorphic functions with no asymptotic values. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 1 (1969) 553560.
12. An asymptotic analog of the F. and M. Riesz radial uniqueness theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 53-54.
13. Polynomial images of circles and lines. Math. Mag. 40 (1967) 1-4.(with Cargo, G . T.)
Boyce, W illiam M. 02
1. Commuting functions with no common fixed point. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 137 (1969) 77-92.
2. Generation of a class of permutations associated with commuting functions. Math. Algorithms 2 (1967) 19-26; Addendum, ibid. (1968) 25-26.
Cannon, R . J., Jr. 02
1. Quasiconformal structures and the metrization of 2-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 135 (1969) 95-103.
2. The determination of unknown parameters in analytic systems of ordinary differential equations. SIAM J. Appl. Math. 15 (1967) 799-809.(with Filmer, D . L.)
3. Remarks on a Stefan problem. J. Math. Mech. 17 (1967) 433-441. (with Hill, C . Denson)
4. Continuous dependence of bounded solutions of a linear parabolic partial differential equation upon interior Cauchy date. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 217-230.
Young, G . S. 01
1. Locally sense-preserving mappings with some applications to partial differential equations. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1970) State University of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971.
Boyce, W illiam M. 02
1. G-compact maps on an interval and fixed points. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 160 (1971) 87-102.
Schneider, W alter J. 02
1. Entire functions mapping countable dense subsets of the real onto each other monotonically. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 2 (1970) 620-626.(with Barth K. F.)
2. On the shape of the level loci of harmonic measure. J. Analyse Math. 23 (1970) 441-460.(with Walsh, J . L.)

R. H. Bing and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Cohen, H erman, University of Wisconsin, 1942
02 Thomas, G arth, University of Wisconsin, 1952
02 Sanderson, D onald, University of Wisconsin, 1953
  03 Jones, R. E. D., Iowa State University, 1962
  03 Schmidt, D . L., Iowa State University, 1962
  04 Steffenson, A rnold R., Univ. of Northern Colorado, 1968
  04 Kieft, Raymond N., Univ. of Northern Colorado, 1969
  04 Smith, K enneth A., Univ. of Northern Colorado, 1969
  04 McKinley, W illiam S., Univ. of Northern Col., 1969
  04 Bushnell, D onald D., Univ. of Nothern Col., 1969
  04 Werremeyer, F rederic N., Univ. of Northern Col., 1971
  03 Hildebrand, S . K., Iowa State University, 1962
  04 Crossley, S . Gene, Texas Technological Univ., 1968
  03 Sims, B . T., Iowa State University, 1962
  03 Robinson, T . J., Iowa State University, 1963
  03 Irudayanathan, A., Iowa State University, 1967
  03 McCoy, R . A., Iowa State University, 1968
  03 Curtis, D . W., Iowa State University, 1968
  03 Fischer, D . R., Iowa State University, 1971
02 Goblirsch, Robert, University of Wisconsin, 1956
02 Lehner, Guydo, University of Wisconsin, 1958
  03 Bean, R alph, University of Maryland, 1962
  04 Bailey, J ohn Lay, University of Tennessee, 1968
  04 Boyd, W illiam S., University of Tennessee, 1969
  03 Hyman, D aniel, University of Maryland, 1966
  03 Reed, J ames, University of Maryland, 1969
02 Brown, M orton, University of 7isconsin, 1958
02 Kister, James, University of Wisconsin, 1959
  03 Bennett, A lbert, University of Michigan, 1966
  03 Miller, R ichard, University of Michigan, 1968
  03 Edwards, R ichard, University of Michigan, 1969
  03 Strube, R ichard, University of Michigan, 1970
  03 Connelly, R obert, University of Michigan, 1970
02 Rosen, R onald, University of Wisconsin, 1959
02 McMillan, D aniel, University of Wisconsin, 1960
  03 Slack, S tephen P., University of Wisconsin, 1968
  03 Jaco, William H., University of Wisconsin, 1968
  04 Lyon, H erbert C., University of Michigan, 1970
  04 Evans, B enny Dan, University of Michigan, 1971
  03 Row, W . Harold, University of Wisconsin, 1969
  03 Wright, A lden H., University of Wisconsin, 1969
02 Gillman, D avid, University of Wisconsin, 1962
  03 Ferris, I an, U. C. L. A., 1968
02 Hempel, J ohn, University of Wisconsin, 1962
  03 Belfi, V ictor, Rice University, 1969
  03 Heil, Wolfgang H., Rice University, 1970
  03 Roeling, L loyd G., Rice University, 1970
02 Casler, B urtis Griffin, University of Wisconsin, 1962
02 Glaser, L eslie, University of Wisconsin, 1964
02 Hosay, N orman, University of Wisconsin, 1964
02 Price, T homas, University of Wisconsin, 1964
  03 Nicholson, V ictor A., University of Iowa, 1968
  03 Dieffenbach, R obert M., University of Iowa, 1971
02 Henderson, D avid, University of Wisconsin, 1964
  03 Geoghagen, R oss, Cornell University, 1970
  03 Cutler, W illiam, Cornell University 1970
02 Dancis, J erome, University of Wisconsin, 1966
  03 Lusk, E wing L., University of Maryland, 1970
02 Cobb, J ohn, University of Wisconsin, 1966
02 McAllister, B yron, University of Wisconsin, 1966
02 Craggs, R obert, University of Wisconsin, 1967
02 Jones, Stephen, University of Wisconsin, 1967
02 Yohe, Michael, University of Wisconsin, 1967
02 Wright, P errin T., University of Wisconsin, 1967
02 Daverman, R obert, University of Wisconsin, 1967
  03 Bass, C harles D., University of Tennessee, 1971
02 Jensen, R ichard, University of Wisconsin, 1968
02 Cash, B urt, University of Wisconsin, 1969
02 01 inick, M., University of Wisconsin, 1970
02 Gerlach, J acob, University of Wisconsin, 1970
02 Webster, D allas E., University of Wisconsin, 1970

Publications of R. H. Bing and his Mathematical Descendants

Bing, R . H. 01
1. Collections filling up a simple plane web. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 51 (1945) 674-679.
2. Generalizations of two theorems of Janiszewski. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 51 (1945) 945-960.
3. Generalizations of two theorems of Janiszewski. II. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 478-480.
4. Converse linearity conditions. Amer. J. Math. 68 (1946) 309318.
5. Concerning simple plane webs. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 60 (1946) 133-148.
6. Sets cutting the plane. Annals. of Math 47 (1946) 476-479.
7. The Kline sphere characterization problems. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946) 644-653.
8. Extending a metric. Duke Math. J. 14 (1947) 511-519.
9. Skew sets. Amer. J. Math. 69 (1947) 493-498.
10. Solution of a problem of R. L. Wiider. Amer. J. Math. 70 (1948) 95-98.
11. Some characterizations of arcs and simple closed curves. Amer. J. Math. 70 (1948 497-506.
12. A homogeneous indecomposable plane continuum. Duke Math. J. 15 (1948) 729-742.
13. A convex metric for a locally connected continuum. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 812-819.
14. Partitioning a set. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 1101-1110.
15. Complementary domains of continuous curves. Fund. Math. 36 (1949) 303-318.
16. Coverings with connected intersections. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1950) 387-391.(with Floyd, E . E.)
17. A characterization of 3-space by partitioning. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1951) 15-27.
18. Metrization of topological spaces. Canadian J. Math. 3 (1951) 175-186.
19. An equilateral distance. Amer. Math. Monthly 58 (1951) 380-383.
20. Concerning hereditarily indecomposable continua. Pacific J. Math. (1951) 43-51.
21. Higher dimensional hereditarily indecomposable continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 71 (1951) 267-273.
22. Snake-like continua. Duke Math. J. 18 (1951) 653-663.
23. Partitioning continuous curves. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 58 (1952) 536-556.
24. The sum of two horned spheres. Annals. of Math. 56 (1952) 354362.
25. A convex metric with unique segments. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 167-174.
26. A countable connected Hausdorff space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 474.
27. Examples and counterexamples. Pi Mu Epsilon J. 1 (1953) 311-317.
28. Locally tame sets are tame. Annals. of Math. 56 (1954) 145-158.
29. Review of General Topology by W. Sierpinski. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (1953) 410.
30. Partially continuous decompositions. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 124-133.
31. Some monotone decompositions of a cube. Annals. of Math. 61 (1955) 279-288.
32. What topology is here to stay? Summary of lectures and seminars. Summer Inst. on Set Theoretic Topology, Madison, Wis., (1955) 25-27.
33. Decomposition of E³ into points and tame arcs. Summary of lectures and seminars. Summer Inst. on Set Theoretic Topology, Madison, Wis., (1955) 40-47.
34. Approximating surfaces with polyhedral ones. Summary of lectures and seminars. Summer Inst. on Set Theoretic Topology, Madison, Wis., (1955) 47-52.
35. The pseudo-arc. Summary of lectures and seminars. Summer Inst. on Set Theoretic Topology, Madison, Wis., (1955) 70-73.
36. Point set topology. Insights into Modern Mathematics; Chapter X. Yearbook of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (1957).
37. Upper semicontinuous decompositions of E³. Annals. of Math. 65 (1957) 363-374.
38. A simple closed curve that pierces no disk. J. de Math. Pures et Appl. 35 (1956) 337-343.
39. A decomposition of E³ into points and tame arcs that the decomposition space is topologically different from E³. Annals. of Math. 65 (1957) 484-500.
40. Approximating surfaces with polyhedral ones. Annals. of Math. 65 (1957) 456-483.
41. Necessary and sufficient conditions that a 3-manifold be S³. Annals of Math. 68 (1959) 17-37.
42. An alternate proof that 3-manifolds can be triangulated. Annals of Math. 69 (1959) 37-65.
43. Another homogeneous plane continuum. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 90 (1959) 171-192.(with Jones, F. B.)
44. The Cartesian product of a certain non-manifold and a line is E⁴. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 64 (1958) 82-84.
45. Each homogeneous nondegenerate chainable continuum is a pseudo-arc. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 345-346.
46. Conditions under which a surface in E³ is tame. Fund. Math. 47 (1959) 105-139.
47. The Cartesian product of a certain non-manifold and a line is E⁴. Annals. of Math. 70 (1959) 399-412.
48. A simple closed curve is the only homogeneous bounded plane continuum that contains an arc. Canadian J. Math. 12 (1960) 209-230.
49. Elementary point set topology. Number 8 of the Herbert Ellsworth Slaught Memorial Papers. Amer. Math. Monthly 67 (1960) No. 7, 58.
50. Set Theory. McGraw Hill Encyclopedia of Science and Technology, McGraw-Hill Book Co. (1960) 205-206.
51. A set is a 3-cell if its cartesian product with an arc is a 4-cell. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 13-19.
52. A wild surface each of whose arcs is tame. Duke Math. J. 28 (1961) 1-16.
53. Tame Cantor sets in E³. Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961) 435-446.
54. A surface is tame if its complement is l-ULC. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 101 (1961) 294-305.
55. Embedding circle like continua in the plane. Canadian J. Math. 14 (1962) 113-128.
56. Decompositions of E³. Topology of 3-Manifolds and Related Topics. Prentice Hall (1962) 5-21.
57. Applications of the side approximation theorem for surfaces. Proc. Symp. on General Topology and its Relation to Modern Analysis and Algebra, Prague (1961) 91-95.
58. Approximating surfaces from the side. Annals. of Math. 77 (1963) No. 1, 145-192.
59. Point-like decompositions of E³. Fund. Math. 50 (1962) 431-453.
60. Necessary and sufficient conditions that a 3-manifolds be S³. Annals of Math. 77 (1963) 210.
61. Each disk in each 3-manifold is pierced by a tame arc. Amer. J. Math. 84 (1962) No. 4, 591-599.
62. Embedding surfaces in 3-manifolds. Proc. International Congress of Math. Stockholm, 1963.
63. Pushing a 2-sphere into its complement. Mich. Math. J. 11 (1964) 33-45.
64. Retractions onto spheres. Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1964) 481484.
65. Spheres in E³. Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1964) 353-364.
66. Some aspects of the topology of 3-manifolds related to the Poincare conjectures. Lectures in Modern Mathematics(John Wiley & Sons) 2 (1964) Chapter, 93-128.
67. Inequivalent families of periodic homeomorphisms. Annals. of Math. 80 (1964) 78-93.
68. The simple connectivity of the sum of two discs. Pacific J. Math. 14 (1964) 79-93.
69. An arc is tame in 3-space if and only if it is strongly cellular. Fund. Math. 55 (1964) 175-180.(with Kirkor, A.)
70. Some remarks concerning topologically homogeneous spaces. Annals of Math. 81 (1965) 100-111.
71. A translation of the normal Moore space conjecture. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) No. 4, 612-619.
72. Improving the side approximation theorem. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 116 (1965) Issue 4, 511-525.
73. Computing the fundamental group of the complements of curves. Tech. Report 2, Washington State Univ. (1965) 20 pages.
74. Challenging conjectures. Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) Part II, 56-64.
75. Improving the intersections of lines and surfaces. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 155-159.
76. A hereditarily infinite dimensional space. General Topology and Its Relations to Modern Analysis and Algebra II. Second Prague Topological Symposium (1966) 56-62.
77. Geometry, Mathematics for High School. School Mathematics Study Group (1959), joint author.
78. A finite number of reflection operations render a nonconvex polygon connex. Mat. Prov., No. 8 (1961) (written in Russian by Boltyanski.(with Kazarinoff, N. D.)
79. The place of topology in a teacher training program. Symposium on Teacher Education in Mathematics, Madison, Wis., (1962) 4 pages.
80. A complete elementary proof that Hilbert space is homeomorphic to the countable infinite product of lines. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) No. 5, 771-792.
81. The elusive fixed point property. Amer. Math. Monthly 76 (1969) No. 2, 119-132.
82. Mapping a 2-sphere onto a homotopy 2-sphere. Wisconsin Topology Seminar Notes, 1965, Princeton Univ. Press (edited by R. H. Bing and R. J. Bean), (1966) 89-99.
83. Radial engulfing. Conference on the Topology of Manifolds. Prindle, Weber, and Schmidt (edited by John G. Hocking), (1968) 1-18.
84. Retractions onto ANR's. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 21 (1969) No. 3, 618-620.
85. Point-set topology. The Mathematical Sciences Essays for COSRIMS. M.I.T. Press (1969), edited by COSRIMS, 209-216.
86. Each disk in E³ contains a tame arc. Amer. J. Math. 84 (1962) 583-590.
87. Topology of 3-manifolds. Notes of the University of Wyoming Colloquium Series (distributed by A.M.S.), Laramie, Wyoming, August 24-28, 1970. Seventy-fifth summer meeting of the A.M.S., 30 pages.
88. The elusive fixed point property. Sugaku 21, No. 3 (1969) 203-210.
89. The monotone mapping problem. Topology of 3-manifolds. Proc. of the Univ. of Georgia Topology of Manifolds Institute, 1969. Cantrell and Edwards, editors. Markham Pub. Co. 99-115.
90. A toroidal decomposition of E³. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 81-87. (with Armentrout, S teve)
91. Conformal minimal varieties. Duke Math. J. 10 (1943) 637-740. (with Beckenbach, E . F.)
92. On generalized convex functions. Trans. Amer. MaLh. Soc. 58 (1945) 220-230.(with Beckenbach, E . F.)
93. A 3-dimensional absolute retract which does not contain any disc. Fund. Math. 54 (1964) 159-175.(with Borsuk, K .)
94. Imbedding and decompositions of E³ in E⁴. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 149-155.(with Curtis, M . L.)
95. Every simple closed curve in E³ is unknotted in E⁴. Proc. London Math. Soc. 39 (1964) 86-94.(with Klee, Vic.)
96. Taming complexes in hyperplanes. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 491-512.(with Kister, J. M.)
97. Cubes with knotted holes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 155 (1971) 653-681.(with Martin, J . M.)
98. Monotone images of E³. Proc. of Binghamton Conference on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings, 1970.
Cohen, H . J. 02
1. Some results concerning homogeneous plane continua. Duke Math. J. 18 (1951) 467-474.
2. Sur un probleme de M. Dieudonne. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris 234 (1952) 290-292.
3. Concerning real numbers whose powers have nonintegral differences. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 626-627.(with Supnick, F red)
4. On the powers of a real number reduced modulo one. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 94 (1960) 244-257.(with Supnick, F red; Keston, J. F.)
Thomas, G arth 02
1. Simultaneous partitioning of two sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1953) 69-79.
Sanderson, D on E. 02
1. Isotopy in 3-manifolds. I. Isotopic deformations of 2-cells and 3-cells. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 912-922.
2. Isotopy in 3-manifolds. II. Fitting homeomorphisms by isotopy. Duke Math. J. 26 (1959) 387-396.
3. Isotopy in 3-manifolds. III. Connectivity of spaces of homeomorphisms. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 171-176.
4. Isotopy in manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. The Univ. of Georgia Instiute, 1961), 226-228. PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
5. Relations among some basic properties of noncontinuous functions. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 407-414.
6. Connectivity functions and retracts. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 237-245.(with Hildebrand, S . K.)
Jones R. E. D. 03
1. Opaque sets of degree . Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1964) 535-537.
Hildebrand, S . K. 03
1. A connected topology for the unit interval. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 133-140.
2. An interesting metric space. Math. Mag. 41 (1968) 244-247. (with Milnes, H arold Willis)
3. The separation axioms for invertible spaces. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 391-392.(with Poe, R . L.)
4. Connectivity functions and retracts. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 237-245.(with Sanderson, D . E.)
Sims B. T. 03
1. Between T₂ and T₃. Math. Mag. 40 (1967) 25-26.
Irudayanathan, A. 03
1. Connected-open topology for function spaces. Nederl. Adad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A69 = Indag. Math. 28 (1966) 22-24. (with Naimpally, S .)
McCoy, R . A. 03
1. Some applications of Henderson's open embedding theorem of F-manifolds. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 295-298.
Curtis D. W. 03
1. Relatively contractive relations in pairs of generalized uniform spaces. J. London Math. Soc. 44 (1969) 100-106.(with Mathews, J . C.)
2. Generalized uniformities for pairs of spaces. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968, 212-246.
Goblirsch, Richard Paul 02
1. An area for simple surfaces. Annals. of Math. (2) 68 (1968) 231246.
2. On decompositions of 3-space by linkages. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 728-730.
Lehner, Guydo Rene 02
1. Extending homeomorphisms on the pseudo-arc. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 98 (1961) 369-394.
Bean, R alph 03
1. Disks in E³. I. Subsets of disks having neighborhoods lying on 2spheres. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 112 (1964) 206-213.
2. Disks in E³. II. Disks which älmost" lie in a 2-sphere. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 119 (1965) 123-124.
3. Decompositions of E³ with a null sequence of starlike equivalent nondegenerate elements are E³. Illinois J. Math. 11 (1967) 21-23.
4. Decompositions of E³ which yield E³. Pacific J. Math. 20 (1967) 411413.
5. Repairing embeddings and decompositions in S³. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969) 379-385.
Bailey, J ohn L. 04
1. Point-like upper semi-continuous decompositions of S³. Illinois J. Math. 13 (1969) 674-679.
Hyman, D . M. 03
1. A generalization of the Borsuk-Whitehead-Eanner theorem. Pacific J. Math. 23 (1967) 263-271.
2. ANR divisors and absolute neighborhood contractibility. Fund. Math. 62 (1968) 61-73.
3. A category slightly larger than the metric and CW=categaries. Mich. Math. J. 15 (1968) 193-214.
4. A note on closed maps and metrizability. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 109-112.
5. On decreasing sequences of compact absolute retracts. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 91-97.
Brown, M orton 02
1. Weak n-homogeneity implies weak (n-l) homogeneity. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 644-647.
2. A proof of the generalized Schoenflies theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 66 (1960) 74-76.
3. Some applications of an approximation theorem for inverse limits. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 478-483.
4. On the inverse limit of Euclidean N-spheres. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 96 (1960) 129-134.
5. The monotone union of open n-cells is an open n-cell. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 812-814.
6. Locally flat embeddings of topological manifolds. Topology of 3manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962, 92-94.
7. A mapping theorem for untriangulated manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962, 92-94.
8. Locally flat embeddings of topological manifolds. Annals. of Math. (2) 75 (1962) 331-341.
9. On a theorem of Fisher concerning the homeomorphism group of a manifold. Mich. Math. J. (1962) 403-405.
10. A note on Kister's isotopy. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 95-96.
11. Wild cells and spheres in higher dimensions. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 219-224.
12. Pushing graphs around. Proc. of the Conference on the topology of manifolds (Michigan State Univ. E. Lansing, Mich., 1967) Prindle, Weber, & Schmidt, Boston, Mass., 1968, 19-22.
13. A note on Cartesian products. Amer. J. Math. 91 (1969) 32-36.
14. Stable structures on manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 51-58.(with Gluck, H erman)
15. Stable structures on manifolds. I. Homeomorphisms of Sⁿ . Annals. of Math. (2) 79 (1964) 1-17.
16. Stable structures on manifolds. II. Stable manifolds. Annals. of Math. (2) 79 (1964) 18-44.
17. Stable structures on manifolds. III. Applications. Annals. of Math. (2) 79 (1964) 45-58.
Kister, J. M. 02
1. Isotopies in 3-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 97 (1960) 213224.
2. A theorem on infinite regular neighborhoods and an application to periodic maps on E . Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics (Proc. the Univ. Georgia Institute, 1961) 221-222, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
3. Questions on isotopies in manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 229-230. Prentic-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 1962.
4. Examples of periodic maps on Euclidean spaces without fixed points. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 67 (1961) 471-474.
5. Uniform continuity and compactness in topological groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 37-40.
6. Differentiable periodic actions on E without fixed points. Amer. J. Math. 85 (1963) 316-319.
7. Microbundles are fibre bundles. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 854-857.
8. Homotopy types of ANR's. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 195. , and Bing, R . H.
9. Taming complexes in hyperplanes. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 491-511.
10. Microbundles are fibre bundles. Annals. of Math. (2) 80 (1964) 190-199 .
11. Inverses of Euclidean bundles. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 349-352.
12. Equivalent imbeddings of compact abelian Lie grops of transformations. Math. Ann. 148 (1962) 89-93.(with Mann, L . N.)
13. Isotopy structure of compact Lie groups on complexes. Mich. Math. J. 9 (1962) 93-96.
14. Locally Euclidean factors of E⁴ which cannot be imbedded in E³. Annals. of Math. (2) 76 (1962) 541-546.(with McMillan, D . R., Jr.)
Rosen R H 02
1. Fixed points for multi-valued functions on snake-like continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 167-173.
2. Decomposing 3-space into circles and points. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1960) 918-928.
3. E⁴ is the Cartesian product of a totally non-Euclidean space and E¹. Annals. of Math. (2) 73 (1961) 349-361.
4. Examples of non-orthogonal involutions of Euclidean spaces. Annals. of Math. (2) 78 (1963) 560-566.
5. Polyhedral neighborhoods in triangulated manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 359-361.
6. Stellar neighborhoods in polyhedral manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 401-406.
7. The five dimensional polyhedral Schoenflies theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 511-516.
8. Addendum to a paper on fixed points. Yokohama Math. J. 16 (1968) 9-10.
9. A note concerning certain subcomplexes of triangulated manifolds. Yokohama Math. J. 16 (1968) 5-7.
McMillan, D . R., Jr. 02
1. Cartesian products of contractible open manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 67 (1961) 510-514.
2. On homologically trivial 3-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 98 (1961) 350-367.
3. Summary of results on contractible open manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 100-102. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
4. Some contractible open 3-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 102 (1962) 373-382.
5. Homeomorphisms on a solid torus. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 14 (1963) 386-390.
6. A criterion for cellularity in a manifold. Annals. of Math. (2) 79 1964) 327-337.
7. Taming Cantor sets in Eⁿ. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964) 706708.
8. The singular points of a topological embeddings. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 711-716.
9. Local properties of the embedding of a graph in a three-manifold. Canadian J. Math. 18 (1966) 517-528.
10. A criterion for celluarity in a manifold. II. Trans Amer. Math. Soc. 126 (1967) 217-224.
11. Neighborhoods of surfaces in 3-manifolds. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 161-170.
12. Some topological properties of piercing points. Pacific J. Math. 22 (1967) 313-322.
13. Piercing a disk along a cellular set. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 153-157.
14. Strong homotopy equivalence of 3-manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 73 (1967) 718-722.
15. Compact, acyclic subsets of three-manifolds. Mich. Math. J. 16 (1969) 129-136.
16. Cellularity of sets in products. Mich. Math. J. 9 (1962) 299-302.(with Curtis, M . L.)
17. Locally nice embeddings of manifolds. Amer. J. Math. 8 (1966) 1-19.(with Hempel, J . P.)
18. Covering three-manifolds with open cells. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 99-104.(with Hempel, J . P.)
19. Locally Euclidean factors of E⁴ which cannot be imbedded in E³. Ann of Math. (2) 76 (1962) 541-546.(with Kister, J. M.)
20. Tangled embeddings of one-dimensional continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 378-385.(with Row, W . H.)
21. On contractible open manifolds. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 58 (1962) 221-224.(with Zeeman, E . C.)
Jaco, William 03
1. Constructing 3-manifolds from group homomorphisms. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 936-940.
2. Three-manifolds with fundamental group a free product. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 972-977.
3. Heegaard splittings and splitting homomorphisms. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 144 (1969) 365-379.
Evans. B. D. 04
1. Convex components, extreme points, and the convex kernel. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 83-87.
Row W. H. 03
1. Tangled embeddings of one-dimensional continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 378-385.(with McMillan, D . R., Jr.)
Gillman David S. 02
1. Tame subsets of 2-spheres in E³. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 26-28. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
2. Side approximatian, missing an arc. Amer. J. Math. 85 (1963) 459-476.
3. Note concerning a wild sphere of Bing. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 247-254.
4. Sequentially l-ULC tori. Trans. Amer.-Math. Soc. 111 (1964) 449456.
5. Unknotting 2-manifolds in 3-hyperplanes of E⁴. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 229-245.
6. The spinning and twisting of a complex in a hyperplane. Annals of Math. (2) 85 (1967) 32-41.
7. Free curves in E³. Pacific J. Math. 28 (1969) 533-542.
Hempel, J ohn P. 02
1. Construction of orientable 3-manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 207-212. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
2. A simply connected 3-manifold in S³ if it is the sum of a solid torus and the complement of a torus knot. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 15 (1964) 154-158.
3. A surface in S³ is tame if it can be deformed into each complementary domain. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 111 (1964) 273-287.
4. Free surfaces in S³. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 263-270.
5. Locally nice embeddings of manifolds. Amer. J. Math. 88 (1966) 1-19 .(with McMillan, D . R., Jr.)
6. Covering three-manifolds with open cells. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 99-104.
7. Quantum tunnel model for hard spheres. J. Chem. Phys. 41 (1964) 3487-3490.(with Oden, L yn)
Heil, Wolfgang 03
1. On p² irreducible 3-manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 772-775.
2. On the existence of incompressible surfaces in certain 3-manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 704-707.
Casler, B urtis G. 02
1. An embedding theorem for connected 3-manifolds with boundary. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 559-566.
2. On the sum of two solid Alexander horned spheres. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 116 (1965) 135-150.
3. The generalized Poincare conjecture for weak-star 5-manifolds. Topology 6 (1967) 69-75.
Glaser, L . C. 02
1. Intersections of combinatorial balls and of Euclidean spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 68-71.
2. Contractible complexes in Sn. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 1357-1364.
3. Dimension lowering monotone non-compact mappings of Eⁿ. Fund. Math. 58 (1966) 171-181.
4. 1-1 continuous mappings onto Eⁿ. Amer. J. Math. 88 (1966) 237243.
5. Intersections of combinatorial balls and of Euclidean spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 122 (1966) 311-320.
6. Uncountably many contractible open 4-manifolds. Topology 6 (1966) 37-42.
7. Bing's house with two rooms from 1-1 continuous map onto E³: Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) 156-160.
8. On the double suspension of certain homotopy 3-spheres. Annals. of Math. (2) 85 (1967) 494-507.
9. Uncountably many almost polyhedral wild (k-2)-cells in E^k for k > 4. Pacific J. Math. 27 (1968) 267-273.
10. Monotone noncompact mapping of E^r onto E^k for r < 4 and k > 4. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 282-286.
11. On a conjecture related to the suspension of homotopy 3-spheres and fake cubes. Mich. Math. J. 15 (1968) 325-338.
Hosay, N orman 02
1. A proof of the slicing theorem for 2-spheres. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 370-374.
Price, T . M. 02
1. A necessary condition that a cellular upper semi-continuous decomposition of Eⁿ yield Eⁿ. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 122 (1966) 427-435.
2. Equivalence of embeddings of k-complexes in E^k for n < 2k + 1. Mich. Math. J. 13 (1966) 65-69.
3. A knotted cell pair with knot group Z. Illinois J. Math. 12 1968) 201-204.
4. Decompositions of S³ and pseudo-isotopies. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 140 (1969) 295-299.
5. Decompositions into compact sets with W properties. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 433-442.(with Armentrout, S teve)
6. Unknotting locally flat cell pairs. Illinois J. Math. 10 (1966) 425-430.(with Glaser, L . C.)
Nicholson, V ictor 03
1. Mapping cylinder neighborhoods. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (1969) 259-268.
Henderson, D avid W. 02
1. A short proof of Wedderburn's theorem. Amer. Math. Monthly 72 (1965) 385-386.
2. Extensions of Dehn's lemma and the loop theorem. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 120 (1965) 448-469.
3. Self-unlinked simple closed curves. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 120 (1965) 470-480.
4. Relative general position. Pacific J. Math. 18 (1966) 513-523.
5. An infinite-dimensional compactum with no positive-dimensional compact subsets - a simpler construction. Amer. J. Math. 89 (1967) 105-121.
6. Each strongly infinite-dimensional compactum contains a hereditarily infinite-dimensional compact subset. Amer. J. Math. 89 (1967) 122-123.
7. D-dimension. I. A new transfinite dimension. Pacific J. Math. 26 (1968) 109-113.
8. D-dimension II. Separable spaces and compactifications. Pacific J. Math. 26 (1968) 109-113.
9. A lower bound for transfinite dimension. Fund. Math. 63 (1968) 167-173.
10. Infinite-dimensional manifolds are open subsets of Hilbert spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 759-762.
11. Infinite-dimensional manifolds are open subsets of Hilbert spaces. Topology 9 (1969) 25-33.
12. Open subsets of Hilbert spaces. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 312318.
13. Negligible subsets of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 143-150.(with Anderson, R . D.; West, J ames E.)
14. Another generalization of Brouwer's fixed point theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 176-177.(with Livesay, C . G.)
15. Topological classification of infinite dimensional manifolds by homotopy type. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 121-124.(with Schori, R .)
Cutler, W illiam H. 03
1. Negligible subsets of infinite-dimensional Frechet manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 668-675.
Dancis Jerome 02
1. Some nice embeddings in the trivial range. Topology seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 159-170. Annals. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966.
2. Approximations and isotopies in the trivial range. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 171-187. Annals. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966.
3. Topological analogues of combinatorial techniques. Proc. of the Conference on the topology of manifolds. (Michigan State Univ., E. Lansing, Michigan, 1967) 31-46. Prindle, Weber, & Schmidt, Boston, Mass., 1968.
Cobb, J ohn I., III 02
1. On ordering infinitely many small homeomorphisms. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 64-67.
McAllister, B . L. 02
1. Cyclic elements in topology, a history. Amer. Math. Monthly 731 (1966) 337-350.
2. A note on irreducible separation. Fund. Math. 63 (1968) 143-144.
3. Binary relations on Boolean matrices. Math. Mag. 43 (1970) 8-14.(with Feichtinger, O skar)
4. A new "cyclic" element theory. Math Zeit. 101 (1967) 157-164. (with McAuley, L . F.)
Craggs, R obert F. 02
1. Improving the intersection of polyhedra in 3-manifolds. Illinois J. Math. 12 (1968) 567-586.
2. Building Cartesian products of surfaces with [0,1]. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 144 (1969) 391-425.
Jones, S. L. 02
1. The impossibility of filling E with arcs. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 155-159.
Yohe J. M. 02
1. Structure of hereditarily infinite dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 179-184.
2. Monotone mapping properties of hereditarily infinite dimensional spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 639-645.
Wright, P errin 02
1. A uniform generalized Schoenflies theorem. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 718-721.
2. A uniform generalized Schoenflies theorem. Annals. of Math. (2) 89 (1969) 292-304.
Daverman R. J. 02
1. A new proof for the Hosay-Lininger theorem about crumpled cubes. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 52-54.
2. A dense set of sewings of two crumpled cubes yields S³. Fund. Math. 65 (1969) 51-60.(with Eaton, W illiam T.)
3. An equivalence for the embeddings of cells in a 3-manifold. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 145 (1969) 369-381.
4. Remarks on the Claytor imbedding theorem- Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 199-202.
5. A remark on L^*-spaces. Mich. Math. J. 1 (1952) 79-80.
6. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. VI. Compact spaces covered by two Euclidean neighborhoods. Annals. of Math. (2) 58 (1953) 107.
7. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. VII. Disks which are pierced by intervals. Annals. of Math. (2) 58 (1953) 403-408.
8. The use of induction in existence proofs. Amer. Math. Monthly 61 192-193 (1954) 15-494.
9. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. VIII. Invariance of the knottypes; local tame imbedding. Annals. of Math. (2) S9 (1954) 159-170.
10. Simply connected 3-manifolds. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 196-197. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
11. Periodic homeomorphisms of the 3-sphere. Illinois J. Math. 6 (1962) 206-225.
12. Elementary geometry from an advanced standpoint. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. - Palo Alto, Calif. -London, 1963. x+419.
13. A monotonic mapping theorem for simply connected 3-manifolds. Illinois J. Math. 12 (1968) 451-474.
14. Almost locally polyhedral spheres. Annals. of Math. 57 (1953) 575-578.(with Harrold, O. G.)
Bing, R . H. 01
1. Extending monotone decompositions of 3-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 149 (1970) 351-369.
2. The monotone mapping problem. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) Markham, Chicago, Ill., 1970.
3. Cubes with knotted holes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 155 (1971) 217-231.(with Martin, J . M.)
4. Monotone images of E³. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings. (SUNY, Binghamton, Binghmaton, N. Y., 1970) 55-77. State University of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, New York, 1971.
Sanderson, D . E. 02
1. An infinite-dimensional Schoenflies theorem. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 148 (1970) 33-39.
Schmidt, D . L. 03
1. A proof of the Moore metrization theorem. Colloq. Math. 22 (1970) 59-60.(with Rozycki, E ugene P.)
Hildebrand, S . K. 03
1. Non-isolated minimizing arcs. SIAM J. Appl. Math. 18 (1970) 139-149.(with Milnes H. W.)
McCoy, R . A. 03
1. Annulus conjecture and stability of the homeomorphisms in infinitedimensional normed linear spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 24 (1970) 272-277.
2. On boundedly metacompact and boundedly paracompact spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 335-342.(with Fletcher P.; Slover, R .)
Curtis, D . W. 03
1. Property Z for function-graphs and finite-dimensional sets in I^� and S. Composito Math. 22 (1970? 19-22.
Bean, R alph 03
1. Extending monotone decompositions of 2-spheres to trivial decompositions of E³. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 539-544.
2. Decompositions of E³ which satisfy a uniform Lipschitz condition are factors of E⁴. Fund. Math. 70 (1971) no. 2, 109-llS.
Bailey, J . L. 04
1. A class of decompositions of Eⁿ which are factors of Eⁿ⁺¹ Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 148 (1970) 561-575.
Kister, James 02
1. Counting topological manifolds. Topology 9(1970) 149-151. (with Cheeger, J .)
Miller R. T. 03
1. Close isotopies on pointwise linear manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 151 (1970) 597-628.
Edwards, R ichard 03
1. A sufficient condition that the limit of a sequence of continuous functions be an embedding. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 224-225.
Connelly, R obert 03
1. A new proof of Brown's collaring theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 180-182.
2. Unknotting close polyhedra in codimension three. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athen, Georgia, 1969) 384-388. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.
Rosen, R onald H. 02
1. Concerning suspension spheres. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 225-231.
McMillan, D . R. 02
1. Retracting three-manifolds onto finite graphs. Illinois J. Math. 14 (1970) 150-158.(with Jaco, William)
2. Acyclicity in three-manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 942-964.
3. Boundary-preserving mappings of a 3-manifold. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) 161-175. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.
Jaco, William N. 03
1. On certain subgroups of the fundamental group of a closed surface. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 67 (1970) 17-18.
2. Retracting three-manifolds onto finite graphs. Illinois J. Math. 14 (1970) 150-158.(with McMillan, D . R.)
3. Surfaces embeddable in M³×S¹ Canad.J. Math. 22 (1970) 553-558.
4. Stable equivalence of splitting homeomorphisms. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970. 153-156.
Lyon, H erbert C. 04
1. Incompressible surfaces in knot spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 157 (1971) 53-62.
Wright, A lden H. 03
1. Mapping cylinders and 4-manifolds. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) 424-427. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.(with Lacher, R. C.)
Heil, Wolfgang 03
1. On the existence of incomprehensible surfaces in certain 3-manifolds. II Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 429-432.
Glaser, L eslie 02
1. Euclidean (q+r) space modulo an r-plane of collapsible p-complexes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 157 (1971) 261-278.
Price, T . M. 02
1. Finding a boundary for a 3-manifold. Annals. of Math. (2) 91 (1970) 223-235.(with Husch, L . S.)
2. A class of embeddings of Sn 1 and Bn in Rn. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 208-210.(with Cantrell, J . C.; Rushing, T . B.)
Geoghagen, R oss 03
1. Manifolds of piecewise linear maps and a related normed linear space. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 77 (1971) 629-632.
Dancis Jerome 02
1. PL approximations and embeddings of manifold in the 4 range. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) 335-340. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.(with Berkowitz, H arry W.)
2. PL approximations of embeddings and isotopes of polyhedra in the metastable range. ibid. 341-352.
3. An introduction to embedding spaces for geometrical topologists. ibid. 389-393.
Craggs, R obert 02
1. Involutions of the 3-sphere which fix 2-spheres. Pacific J. Math. 32 (1970) 307-321.
2. Small ambient isotopies of a 3-manifold which transform one embedding of a polyhedron into another. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 225-256.
Jones, S. L. 02
1. Continuous collections of compact manifolds. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 579-587.
2. Degree one mappings on three-manifolds. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone r Mappings and Open Mappings. (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N.Y., 1970) 78-86. State Univ. of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971.
Wright, P errin T. 02
1. Collapsing K×I to vertical segments. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 69 (1971) 71-74.
2. Radial engulfing in codimension three. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 295-298.
3. Covering isotopies of M^n-1 in N . Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 595-598.
Daverman Robert 02
1. A self-universal crumpled cube which is not universal. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 740-742.(with Bass, C harles D.)
2. Non-homeomorphic approximations of manifolds with surfaces of bounded genus. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 619-625.
3. Sewings of crumpled cubes. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst., Univ. Georia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) 124-128. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.
4. On the number of non-piercing points in certain crumpled cubes. Pacific J. Math. 34 (1970) 33-43.
Bass, C harles D. 03
1. A self-universal crumpled cube which is not universal. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 740-742.(with Daverman, R . J.)
Jensen, R ichard A. 02
1. Cross sectionally connected 2-spheres are tame. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 1036-1038.
Olinik, M. 02
1. Factoring monotone maps of Eⁿ. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) 185-189. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.

E. E. Moise and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Munkres, J ames R., University of Michigan, 1956
02 Finney, R oss Lee, University of Michigan, 1962

Publications of E. E. Moise and his Mathematical Descendants

Moise, E. E. 01
1. An indecomposable plane continuum which is homeomorphic to each of its nondegenerate subcontinua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 63 (1948) 581-594.
2. A theorem on monotone interior transformations. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 810-811.
3. Grille decomposition and convexification theorems for compact metric locally connected continua. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949) 1111-1121
4. A note on the pseudo-arc. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 67 (1949) 5758.
5. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. I. Polyhedral approximations of solids. Annals of Math.. (2) 54 (1951) 506-533.
6. A note of correction. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 838. 13-265.
7. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. II. Positional properties of 2-spheres. Annals of Math.. (2) 55 (1952) 172-176.
8. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. III. Tubular neighborhoods of linear graphs. Annals of Math.. (2) 55 (1952) 203-214.
9. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. IV. Piecewise linear approximations of homeomorphisms. Annals of Math.. (2) 55 (1952) 215-222.
10. Affine structures in 3-manifolds. V. The triangulation theorem and Hauptvermutung. Annals of Math. (2) 56 (1952) 96-114.
Munkres, J . R. 02
1. Concordance inertia groups. Adv. in Math. 4 (1970) 224-235 .
2. Concordance classes of bundles over spheres. Mich. Math. J. 17 (1970) 57-63.
Finney, R . L. 02
1. An elementary proof of a theorem of Bkouche: Papers from the Öpen House for Algebraists (Aarhus, 1970) 109-111. Mat. Inst. Aarhus, Univ. Aarhus, 1970.(with Rotman, J oseph)

R. D. Anderson and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Fisher, G ordon McCrea, Louisiana State University, 1960
02 Nunnally, E llard, Louisiana State University, 1964
02 Vobach, A rnold R., Louisiana State University, 1964
03 Riecke, C . V., University of Houston, 1971
03 O'Steen, D avid, University of Houston, 1972 02 Brechner, B everly L., Louisiana State University, 1965
02 Wong, R aymond Yen-Tin, Louisiana State University, 1967
02 West, J ames EdWard, L ouisiana State University, 1968
02 Chapman. Thomas A., Louisiana State University, 1970

Publications of R. D. Anderson and his Mathematical Descendants

Anderson, R . D. 01
1. On the application of quantum mechanics to mortality tables. J. Inst. Actuar. 71 (1942) 228-258.
2. Concerning upper semi-continuous collections of continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 67 (1949) 451-460.
3. Monotone interior dimension-raising mappings. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 359-366.
4. Continuous collections of continuous curves in the plane. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1952) 647-657.
5. On monotone interior mappings in the plane. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. (1952) 211-222.
6. Continuous collections of continuous curves. Duke Math. J. 21 (1954) 363-367.
7. Some remarks on totally disconnected sections of monotone open mappings. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Cl. III. 4 (1956) 329-330.
8. Atomic decompositions of continua. Duke Math. J. 23 (1956) 507-514.
9. Open mappings of compact continua. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 42 (i556) 347-349.
10. One-dimensional continuous curves. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (1956) 760-762.
11. Zero-dimensional compact groups of homeomorphisms. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 797-810.
12. The algebraic simplicity of certain groups of homeomorphisms. Amer. J. Math. 80 (1958) 955-963.
13. A characterization of the universal curve and a proof of its homo geneity. Annals of Math. (2) 67 (1958) 313-324.
14. One-dimensional continuous curves and a homogeneity theorem. Annals of Math. (2) 68 (1958) 1-16.
15. Homeomorphisms of 2-dimensional continua. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institue, 1961) 41. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
16. On homeomorphisms as products of conjugates of a given homeomorphism and its inverse. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 231-234. PrenticeHall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962.
17. On raising flows and mappings. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 69 (1963) 259-264.
18. Homeomorphisms of 2-dimensional continua. General Topology and its Relation to Modern Analysis and Algebra (Proc. Sympos., . Prague, 1961) 55-58. Academic Press, New York; Publ. House Czech. Acad. Sci., Prague, 1962.
19. Quasi-universal flows and semi-flows. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 1-8.
20. Hilbert space is homeomorphic to the countable infinite product of lines. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 515-519.
21. On a theorem of Klee. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 14011404.
22. Topological properties of the Hilbert cube and the infinte product of open intervals. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 126 (1967) 200-216.
23. On topological infinite deficiency. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 365-383.
24. Universal and quasi-universal flows. Topological Dynamics (Proc. of the Symposium at Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins, Colo., 1967) 1-16. Benjamin, New York, 1968.
25. Strongly negligible sets in Frechet manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 64-67.
26. A complete elementary proof that Hilbert space is homeomorphic to the countable infinite product of lines. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 771-792.(with Bing, R . H.)
27. A plane continuum no two of whose nondegenerate subcontinua are homeomorphic: An application of inverse limits. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 347-353.(with Choquet, G ustave)
28. Concerning closures of images on the reals. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Math. Astron. Phys. 9 (1961) 807-810.(with Connell, E . H.)
29. Closures of images on the reals. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) 45. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962
30. A note on continuous collections of continuous curves filling up a continuous curve in the plane. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 748-752.(with Hamstrom, M ary Elizabeth)
31. On spaces filled up by continuous collections of atriodic continuous curves. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 766-769.
32. Negligible subsets of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Compositio Math. 21 (1969) 143-150.(with Henderson, D avid W.; West, J ames E.)
33. An example in dimension theory. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 709-713.(with Keisler, J. E.)
34. Convex functions and upper semicontinuous collections. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 349-357.(with Klee, V. L., Jr.)
35. On extending homeomorphisms to Frechet manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 283-289.(with McCharen, J ohn D.)
36. A factor theorem for Frechet manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 53-56.(with Schori, R . M.)
37. Factors of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 142 (1969) 315-330.
Fisher, G ordon McCrea 02
1. On the group ofall homeomorphisms of a manifold. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 97 (1960) 193-212.
Nunnally, E llard V. 02
1. Dilations on invertible spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 123 (1966) 437-448.
2. There is no universal-projecting homeomorphism of the Cantor set. Colloq. Math. 17 (1967) 51-52.
3. A factorization of stable homeomorphisims of En. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 387-389.
Vobach Arnold R. 02
1. On subgroups of the homeomorphism group of the Cantor set. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 47-52.
2. A theorem on homeomorphism groups and inverse limits. Nieuw Arch. Wisk. (3) 15 (1967) 31-33.
3. Continua structured by families of simple closed curves. I, II. Czech. Math. J. 18 (93) (1968) 195-210. ibid. 18 (93) (1968) 211-223.
4. Characterizing groups for compact metric spaces. Proc. of the Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 1968, 293-312.
5. A theorem on homeomorphism groups and products of spaces. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 1 (1969) 137-141.
Brechner, B everly L. 0Z
1. On the dimensions of certain spaces of homeomorphisms. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 121 (1966) 516-548.
2. Homeomorphism groups of dendrons. Pacific J. Math. 28 (1969) 295301.
3. Periodic homeomorphisms on chainable continua. Fund. Math. 64 (1969) 197-202.
Wong, R aymond Yen-Tin 02
1. On homeomorphisms of certain infinite dimensional spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 128 (1967) 148-154.
2. A wild Cantor set in the Hilbert cube. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968) 189-193.
3. Extending homeomorphisms by means of collarings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1443-1440.
4. On topological equivalence of n-dimensional linear spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 137 (1969) 551-560.
5. Some remarks on hyperspaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 600-602.
6. On affine maps and fixed points. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 29 (1970) 158-162.
Anderson, R . D. 01
1. On extending homeomorphisms to Frechet-manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 283-289.(with McCharen, J ohn D.)
2. Apparent boundaries of the Hilbert cube. Proc. Internal. Sympos. on Topology and its Applications. (Herceg-Novi, 1968) 60-66. Savez Drustava Mat. Fiz i Astronom. Belgrade, 1969.
Vobach, A . R. 02
1. Two structure theorems for homeomorphism groups. Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 4 (1971) 63-68.
Brechner, B everly L. 02
1. Strongly locally setwise homogeneous continua and their homeomorphism groups. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 154 (1971) 279-286.
Wong, R aymond Y. T. 02
1. Extending homeomorphisms in compactification of Frechet spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 548-550.
2. A note on stable homeomorphisms of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 28 (1971) 271-272.
3. Lipshitz conjugation and extension of homeomorphisms in l_p-spaces. J. Math. Anal. Appl. 32 (1970) 573-583
4. Stationary isotopies of infinite-dimensional spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 156 (1971) 131-136.
West, J . E. 02
1. The diffeomorphic excision of closed local compacta from infinitedimensional Hilbert manifolds. Composito Math. 21 (1969) 271-291.
  (with Henderson, D avid W.)
2. Triangulated infinite-dimensional manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 655-660.
3. Infinite products which are Hilbert cubes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 150 (1970) 1-25.
4. The ambient homeomorphy of an incomplete subspace of infinite-dimen5oal Hiert space. Pacific J. Math. 34 tl970) 257-267.
Chapman, T . A. 02
1. Infinite deficiency in Frechet manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 148 (1970) 137-146.
West, J ames E. 02
1. Extending certain transformation group actions in separable, infinitedimensional Frechet spaces and the Hilbert cube. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 1015-1019.
2. Fixed-point sets of transformation groups on infinite-product spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 575-582.
3. Fixed point sets of transformation groups on a separable infinitedimensional Frechet spaces. Proc. Conf. on Transformation Groups (New Orleans, La., 1967) Springer, New York, 1968, 446450.
4. Approximating homotopies by isotopies in Frechet manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 1254-1257.
5. Factoring the Hilbert cube. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 116-120.
6. Negligible subsets of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Composite Math. 21 (1969) 143-150.(with Anderson, R . D.; Henderson, D avid W.)
Chapman, T . A. 02
1. Four classes of separable metric infinite-dimensional manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 399-403.

M. Estill Rudin and her Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Tamano, Hisahiro* rank, Univerelty of Wieconein, 1969
02 Warren, N ancy, University of isconsin, 1970

Publications of M. Estill Rudin and her Mathematical Descendants

Rudin, M . Estill 01
1. Concerning abstract spaces. Duke Math. J. 17 (1950) 317-327.
2. Separation in non-separable spaces. Duke Math. J. 18 (1951) 623-629.
3. A primitive dispersion set of the plane. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 323-328.
4. Concerning a problem of Souslin's. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 629-639.
5. Countable paracompactness and Souslin's problem. Canadian J. Math. 7 (1955) 543-547.
6. A separable normal nonparacompact space. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 940-941.
7. A subset of the countable ordinals. Amer. Math. Monthly 64 (1957) 351.
8. A topological characterization of sets of real numbers. Pacific J. Math. 7 (1957) 1185-1186.
9. A property of indecomposable connected sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1957) 1152-1157.
10. An unshellable triangulation of a tetrahedron. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 64 (1958) 90-91.
11. A connected subset of the plane. Fund. Math. 46 (1958) 15-24.
12. Arcwise connected sets in the plane. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 363-366.
13. A technique for constructing examples. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 1320-1323.
14. A new proof that metric spaces are paracompact. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 603.
15. A note on certain function spaces. Arch. Math. 7 (1957) 469-470.
16. Composants and N. Proc. Wash. State Univ. Conf. on General Topology (Pullman, Wash., 1970) Pi Mu Epsilon, Department of Mathematics, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington, 1970.
17. Souslin's conjecture. Amer. Math. Monthly 76 (1969) 113-119.
18. A normal space X for which X×I is not normal. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 77 (1971) 246.
19. Partial orders on the types in N. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 155 (1971) 353-362.
Tamano, Hisahiro* ranklin D. 02
1. New results on the normal Moore space problem. Proc. Washington State Univer. Conf. on General Topology (Pullman, Wash., 1970) Pi Mu Epsilon, Department of Mathematics, Washington State Univ. Pullman, Washington, 1970.

C. E. Burgess and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Wiser, H orace C., University of Utah, 1961
02 Loveland, L owell Duane, University of Utah, 1965
02 Cannon, L awrence Orson, University of Utah, 1965
02 Lister, rederick M., University of Utah, 1965
02 Sher, R ichard Benjamin, University of Utah, 1966
02 Lambert, Howard Wilson, University of Utah, 1966
02 Eaton, W illiam Thomas, University of Utah, 1967
02 Lamoreaux, Jack Wayne, University of Utah, 1967
02 Pettey, D ix Hayes, University of Utah, 1968
02 Cannon, J ames Weldon, Oniversity of Oteh, 1969

Publications of R. D. Anderson and his Mathematical Descendants

Burgess, C . E. 01
1. Continua and their complementary domains in the plane. Duke Math. J. 18 (1951) 901-917.
2. Continua and their complementary domains in the plane. II. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 223-230.
3. Continua which are the sum of a finite number of indecomposable continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 234-239.
4. Some theorems on n-homogeneous continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 136-143.
5. Collections and sequences of continua in the plane. Pacific J. Math. 5 (1955) 325-333.
6. Certain types of homogeneous continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 348-350.
7. Separation properties of n-indecomposable continua. Duke Math. J. 23 (1956) 595-599.
8. A note on the separation of connected sets by finite sets. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 1115-1116.
9. Continua and various types of homogeneity. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 88 (1957) 366-374.
10. Chainable continua and indecomposability. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 653-659.
11. Some conditions under which a homogeneous continuum is a simple closed curve. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 613-615.
12. Homogeneous continua which are almost chainable. Canadian J. Math. 13 (1961) 519-528.
13. Collections and sequences of continua in the plane. II. Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961) 447-454.
14. Continua which have width zero. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 477-481.
15. Properties of certain types of wild surfaces in E³. Amer. J. Math. 86 (1964) 325-338.
16. Characterizations f tame surfaces in E³. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 114 (1965) 80-07.
17. Pairs of 3-cells with intersecting boundaries in E³. Amer. J. Math. 88 (1966) 309-313.
18. Criteria for a 2-sphere in S³ to be tame modulo two points. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 321-330.
19. A characterization of homogeneous plane continua that are circularly chainable. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969 1354-1356.
20. Tame subsets of spheres in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 395-401.(with Cannon, J . W.)
21. Sequentially l-ULC surfaces in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 1 (1968) 653-659.(with Loveland, L . D.)
Wiser, H orace Clark 02
1. Decomposition and homogeneity of continua on a 2-manifold. Pacific J. Math. 12 (1962) 1145-1162.
2. Near-homogeneity on 2-manifolds. Amer. Math. Monthly 74 (1967) 423-426.
3. A note on polar topologies. Canad. Math. Bull. 11 (1968) 607-609.(with Robertson, J . M.)
4. Topologies of uniform convergence. Prace Mat. 12 (1969) 231-235.
Loveland L. D. 02
1. Tame surfaces and tame subsets of spheres in E³. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 123 (1966) 355-368.
2. Wild points of cellular subsets of 2-spheres in S³. Mich. Math. J. 14 (1967) 427-431.
3. Conditions implying that a 2-sphere is almost tame. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 131 (1968) 170-181.
4. Tame subsets of spheres in E³. Pacific J. Math. 19 (1966) 489-517.
5. Sufficient conditions for a closed set to lie on the boundary of a 3-cell. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 649-652.
6. Wild points of cellular subsets of spheres in S³. II. Mich. Math. J. 15 (1968) 191-192.
7. Cross sectionally continuous spheres in E³. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 396-397.
8. Piercing locally spherical spheres with tame arcs. Illinois J. Math. 13 (1969) 327-330.
9. Piercing points of crumpled cubes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (1969) 145-152.
10. Tameness implied by extending a homeomorphism to a point. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 287-293.
11. Sequentially l-ULC srfaces in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 653-659.(with Burgess, C . E.)
12. Surfaces of vertical ordr 3 are tame. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 287-293.(with Jensen, R . A.)
Cannon, L . O. 02
1. Sums of solid horned spheres. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 122 (1966) 203-228.
2. On a point-segment decomposition of E³ defined by McAuley. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 624-630.
Lister, F . M. 02
1. Simplifying intersections ofdisks in Bing's side approximation theorem. Pacific J. Math. 22 (1967) 281-295.
Sher, R . B. 02
1. Toroidal decompositions of E³. Fund. Math. 61 (1967/68) 225-241.
2. A note on an example Of Stallings. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 619-620.
3. Defining subsets of E³ by cubes. Pacific J. Math. 25 (1968) 613619.
4. Concerning wild Cantor sets in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1195-1200.
5. Families of arcs in E³. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (1969) 109-116.
6. A result on unions of flat cells. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 85-88.
7. A note on 0-dimensional decompositions of E³. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 377-378.(with Alford, W . R.)
8. Defining sequences for compact 0-dimensional decompositions of E . Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astron. Phys. 17 (1969) 209-212.
9. Point-like 0-dimensional decompositions of S³. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968 511-518.(with Lambert H. W.)
Lambert, H. W. 02
1. A topological property to Bing's decomposition of E³ into points and tame arcs. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 501-509.
2. Toroidal decompositions of E³ which yield E³. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 121-132.
3. Mapping cubes with holes onto cubes with handles. Illinois J. Math. 13 (1969) 606-615.
4. Point-like 0-dimensional decompositions of S³. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968) 511-518.(with Sher, R . B.)
Eaton, W illiam T. 02
1. Side approximations in crumpled cubes. Duke Math. J. 35 (1968) 707-719.
2. Cross sectionally simple spheres. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 375-378.
3. A note about locally spherical spheres. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 1001-1003.
4. Taming a surface by piercing with disks. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 724-727. ;
5. A dense set of sewings of two crumpled cubes yields S³. Fund. Math. 65 (1969) 51-60.(with Daverman, R obert J.)
6. An equivalence for the embeddings of cells in a 3-manifold. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 145 (1969) 369-381.
Lamoreaux, Jack W. 02
1. Decomposition of metric spaces with a 0-dimensional set of non-degenerate elements. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 202-216.
Cannon, J ames Weldon 02
1. An elementary proof of the Jordan-Holder theorem. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 279.
2. Tame subsets of spheres in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1969) 395-401.(with Burgess, C . E.)
3. Embeddings of surfaces in E³. Rocky Mountain Journal Math. (1971) no. 2, 259-344.
4. Sets which can be missed by side approximations to spheres. Pacific J. Math. 34 (1970) 321-334.
5. and Wayment, S . G.
6. An embedding problem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 566-570.
7. Characterization of taming sets on 2-spheres. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (1970) 289-299.
Burgess, C . E. 01
1. and Cannon, J . W.
2. Embeddings of surfaces in E³. Rocky Mountain J. Math. (1971) no. 2, 259-344.
Loveland, L . D. 02
1. A 2-sphere of vertical order 5 bounds a 3-cell. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 674-678.
2. A surface in E³ is tame if it has round tangent balls. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 152 (1970) 388-397.
Lister F. M. 02
1. Tame boundary sets of crumpled cubes in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 377-378.
Sher, R . B. 04
1. Defining subsets of manifolds by cells. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Math. Astron. Phy. 17 (1969) 363-365.
2. Geometries embedding invariants of simple closed curves in the threespace. Duke Math. J. 36 (L969) 683-693.
3. Determining the cellularity of a i-complex by properties of its arcs. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 491-498.
4. Tame polyhedra in wild cells and spheres. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (1971) 169-174.
Lambert H. W. 02
1. Replacing certain maps of 3-manifolds by homeomorphisms. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 676-678.
2. A l-linked link whose longitudes be in the second commutator subgrup Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 147 (1970) 261-269.
Pettey, D . H. 02
1. One-to-one mappings into the plane. Fund. Math. 67 (1970) 209-218.
2. Mappings onto the plane. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 157 (1971) 297-309.

B. J. Ball and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 May, J . Gaylord, University of Virginia, 1960
02 May, W . Graham, University of Virginia, 1960
02 Ford , Jo W., Auburn University , 1964
03 Beck, O scar, Auburn University, 1971
02 Gentry, K arl R., University of Georgia, 1965
02 Hodge , James E ., University of Georgia , 1965
02 Pittman, C hatty R. , University of Georgia, 1965
02 Transue, William R. R., University of Georgia, 1967
02 Connor, A ndrew C. , University of Georgia, 1969

Publications of B. J. Ball and his Mathematical Descendants

Ball, B . J. 01
1. Continuous and equicontinuous collections of arcs. Duke Math. J. 19 (1952) 423-433.
2. Some theorems concerning spirals in the plane. Amer. J. Math. 76 (1954) 66-80.
3. Countable paracompactness in linearly ordered spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954) 190-192.
4. A note on the separability of an ordered space. Canadian J. Math. 7 (1955) 548-551.
5. The normality of the product of two ordered spaces. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 15-18.
6. The sum of two solid horned spheres. Ann. of Math. (2) 69 (1959) 253-257.
7. Certain collections of arcs in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 699-705.
8. Penetration indices and applications. Topology of 3-manifolds and related topics. (Proc. the Univ. of Georgia Institute, 1961) Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1962, 37-39.
9. Finite collections of 2-spheres in E³. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 13 (1962) 1-8.
10. Some almost polyhedral wild arcs. Duke Math. J. 30 (1963) 33-38. (with Alford, W . R.)
11. Extending real maps defined on a subset of a disk. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 75-80.(with Ford, J o; Thomas, E . S., Jr.)
Ford, J o 02
1. Imbedding collections of compact O-dimensional subsets of E2 in continuous collections of mutually exclusive arcs. Fund. Math. 58 (1966) 45-57.
2. Extending real aps defined on a subset of a disk. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 75-80.(with Ball, B . J.; Thomas, E . S., Jr.)
3. Aligning functions defined on Cantor sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 63-69.(with Thomas, E . S., Jr.)
Gentry, K . R. 02
1. Some properties of the induced map. Fund. Math. 66 (1969/70) 55-59.
Transue, W. R. R. 02
1. The local characterization of vector function spaces with duals of integral type. J. Analyse Math. 6 (1958) 225-260.
2. On the hyperspace of subcontinua of the pseudoarc. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 1074-1075.
3. On embedding cones over circularly chainable continua. Proc. er. Math. Soc. 21 (1959) 275-276.(with Bennett, R alph)
4. The existence of vector function spaces with duals of integral type. Colloq. Math. 6 (1958) 95-117.(with Morse, M arston)
Gentry, K . R. 02
1. , Hoyle, H . B.
2. Somewhat continuous functions. Czech. Math. J. 21 (96) (1971) 5-12.
3. 1
Pittman, C . R. 02
1. An elementary proof of the triod theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 919.
Transue, W. R. R. 02
1. and Hinrichsen, J . W.; Fitzpatrick, B .
2. Concerning upper semicontinuous decompositions of irreducible contlnua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (1971) 157-163.

Elden Dyer and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Gershenson, H illel, University of Chicago, 1961
02 Kirby, Robion, University of Chicago, 1964
03 Turner, E dward, U. C. L. A., 1968
03 Gauld, D avid, U. C. L. A., 1969 02 McNamara, J ames, University of Chicago, 1964
02 Miller, J ohn, Rice University, 1967
02 Braun, J ., City University of New York, 1971

Publications of Elden Dyer and his Mathematical Descendants

Dyer, E lden 01
1. Irreducibility of the sum of the elements of a continuous collection of continua. Duke Math. J. 20 (1953) 589-592.
2. Continuous collections of decomposable continua on a spherical surface. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 351-360.
3. Certain transformations which lower dimension. Ann. of Math. (2) 63 (1956) 15-19.
4. A fixed point theorem. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1956) 662-672.
5. Regular mappings and dimension. Ann. of Math. (2) 67 (1958) 119-149.
6. On the dimension of products. Fund. Math. 47 (1959) 141-160.
7. Chern characters of certain complexes. Math Zeit. 80 (1962/63) 363-373.
8. The functors of algebraic topology. Studies in Modern Topology, Math. Assoc. (distributed by Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J.) 1968, 134-164.
9. Some spectral sequences associated with fibrations. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 145 (1969) 397-437.(with Kahn, Daniel S.)
10. On singular fiberings by spheres. Mich. Math. J. 6 (1959) 303-311.(with Conner, P . E.)
11. Completely regular mappings. Fund. Math. 45 (1958) 103-118. (with Hamstrom, M . E.)
12. Regular mappings and the space of homeomorphisms on a 2-manifold. Duke Math. J. 25 (1958) 521-531.
13. Homology of principal bundles. Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., A.M.S., Providence, R. I., 3 (1961) 101-108.(with Lashof, R. K.)
14. A topological proof of the Bott periodicity theorems. Ann. Math. Pure Appl. (4) 54 (1961) 231-254.
15. Homology of iterated loop spaces. Amer. J. Math. 84 (1962) 35-38.
16. Connectivity of topological lattices. Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959) 443-448.(with Shields, A llen)
Gershenson, H . H. 02
1. Relationships between the Adams spectral sequence and Toda's calculations of the stable homotopy groups of spheres. Math Zeit. 81 (1963) 223-259.
2. Higher composition products. J. Math. Kyoto Univ. 5 (1965) 1-37.
3. On the homotopy groups of suspensions of complex Grassmann manifolds. Topology 8 (1969) 59-67.
Kirby, Robion 02
1. Smoothing locally flat imbeddings. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 72 (1966) 147-148.
2. On the annulus conjecture. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 178185.
3. The union of flat (n balls is flat in Rn. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 614-617. .
4. On the set of non-locally flat points of a submanifold of codimension one. Ann. of Math. (2) 88 (1968) 281-290.
5. Stable homeomorphisms and the annulus conjecture. Ann. of Math. (2) 89 (1969) 575-582.
6. On the triangulation of manifolds and the Hauptvermutung. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 742-749.(with Siebenmann, L . C.)
Turner, E dward 03
1. Diffeomorphisms of a product of spheres. Invent. Math. 8 (1969) 69-82.
Miller, J ohn 02
1. On the resolvent of a linear operation associated with a well-posed Cauchy problem. Math. Comp. 22 (1968) 541-548.
Dyer, E ldon 01
1. Cohomology theories. Mathematics Lecture Note Series. W. W. Benjamin, Inc., New York-Amsterdam, 1969 xiii+183 pp.
Kirby, R. C. 02
1. Co-dimension-two locally flat imbeddings have normal bundles. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Conf. Univ. Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) 416-423. Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970.
Gauld, D avid 03
1. Mersions of topological manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 149 (1970) 539-560.
Miller, J ohn 02
1. A difference equation satisfied by the functions u of Harish Chandra. Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970) 362-368.(with Simms, D . J.)
Hamstrom, M ary Elizabeth 01
1. Linear independence in Abelian groups. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1951) 487-489.
2. Concerning continuous collections of continuous curves. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 240-243.
3. Concerning certain types of webs. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953) 974-978.
4. Concerning webs in the plane. Trans. Amer. Mat. Soc. 74 (1953) 500-513.
5. Concerning the imbedding of upper semicontinuous collections of continua in continuous collections of continua. Amer. J. Math. 76 (1954) 793-810.
6. A characterization of plane continuous curves which are filled up by continuous collections of continuous curves. Amer. J. Math. 77 (1955) 914-928.
7. Regular mappings whose inverse are 3-cells. Amer. J. Math. 82 (1960) 393-429.
8. Regular mappings and the space of homeomorphisms on a 3-manifold. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. No. 40 (1961) 42 pp.
9. Some global properties of the space of homeomorphisms on a disc with holes. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 657-662.
10. A decomposition theorem for E4. Illinois J. Math. 7 (1963) 503- j 507.
11. The space of homeomorphisms on a torus. Illinois J. Math. 9 (1965) 59-65.
12. Homotopy properties of the space of homeomorphisms on p2 and the Klein bottle. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 120 (1965) 37-45.
13. Homotopy groups of the space of homeomorphisms on a 2-manifold. Illinois J. Math. 10 (1966) 563-573.
14. A note on continuous collections of continuous curves filling up a continuous curve in a plane. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954)(with Anderson, R . D.) 748-752.
15. On spaces filled up by continuous collections of atroidic continuous curves. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 6 (1955) 766-769.
16. and R. P.
17. Collapsing a triangulation of a "knotted" cell. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 327-331.
18. Regular mappings: A survey. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, New York, 1970) 238-254. State University of New York at Binghamton, 3inghamton, N. Y., 1971.
19. Completely regular mappings whose inverses have LC� homeomorphism group: A correction. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, New York, 1970) 255-260. State University of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971.
Slye, J ohn M. 01
1. Flat spaces for which the Jordan curve theorem holds true. Duke Math. J. 22 (1955) 143-151.
2. Collections whose sums are two-manifolds. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 275-298.
Mohat, J . T. 01
1. Concerning spirals in the plane. Duke Math. J. 24 (1957) 249264.

B. J. Pearson and his Mathematical
Descendandt

02 Miller, G ary Glenn, University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1968

Publications of B. J. Pearson and his Mathematical Descendant

Pearson, B . J. 01
1. A connected point set, in the plane which spirals down on each of its points. Duke Math. J. 25 (1958) 603-613.
Miller, G . G. 02
1. Countable connected spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 355-360.

Steve Armentrout and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Martin, J oseph M., University of Iowa, 1962
  03 Rolfsen, D ale P., University of Wisconsin, 1967
  03 White, W arren, University of Wisconsin, 1967
  03 Mason, W illiam, University of Wisconsin, 1968
  03 Simon, J onothan, University of Wisconsin, 1969
  03 Moser, L ouise, University of Wisconsin, 1970
  03 Mayland, J ames, University of Wisconsin, 1971 02 Meyer, D onald V., University of Iowa, 1962
02 Alzoobaee, Arabi H., University of Iowa, 1962
02 Lininger, L loyd L., University of Iowa, 1964
02 Fugate, J . Brauch, University of Iowa, 1964
  03 Bennett, D onald Earl, University of Kentucky, 1970 02 Schori, R ichard M., University of Iowa, 1964
02 Anderson, B ruce A., University of Iowa, 1966
  03 Richardson, J oan, Arizona State University, 1969 02 Hutchinson, T homas C., University of Iowa, 1966
02 Voxman, W illiam L., University of Iowa, 1968
02 Neuzil, J ohn P., University of Iowa, 1969
02 Summerhill, R . Richard, University of Iowa, 1969

Publications of Steve Armentrout and his Mathematical Descendants

Armentrout, S teve 01
1. Concerning a certain collection of spirals in the plane. Duke Math. J. 26 (1959) 243-250.
2. Separation theorems for some plane-like spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 97 (1960) 120-130.
3. I A Moore space on which every real-valued continuous function is constant. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 106-109.
4. Upper semi-continuous decompositions of E³ with at most countably many non-degenerate elements. Ann. of Math. (2) 78 (1963) 605-618.
5. Decompositions of E³ with a compact 0-dimension set of nondegenerate elements. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 123 (1966) 165-177.
6. Concerning a wild 3-cell described by Bing. Duke Math. J. 33 (1966) 689-704.
7. Concerning cellular decompositions of 3-manifolds that yield 3-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 133 (1968) 307-332.
8. Concerning cellular decompositions of 3-manifolds with boundary. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 137 (1969) 231-236.
9. Cellular decompositions of 3-manifolds that yield 3-manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 453-456.
10. Completing Moore spaces. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968 22-35.
11. Shrinkability of certain decompositions of E³ that yield E³. Illinois J. Math. 13 (1969) 700-706.
12. A toroidal decomposition of E³. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 81-87. (with Bing, R . H.)
13. Monotone decompositions of E³. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) Ann. of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966, 1-25.
14. On embedding decomposition spaces of En in En 1. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 1-21.
15. Equivalent decomposition of R3. Pacific J. Math. 24 (1968) 205-227.(with Lininger, L . L.: Meyer, D . V.)
16. Decompositions into compact sets with W properties. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 141 (1969) 433-442.(with Price, T homas M.)
Martin, J oseph M. 02
1. Homogeneous countable connected Hausdorff spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 308-314.
2. A note on uncountably many disks. Pacific J. Math. 13 (1963) 13311333.
3. Extending a disk to a sphere. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 109 (1963) 385-399.
4. Tame arcs on disks. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 131-133.
5. A rigid sphere. Fund. Math. 59 (1966) 117-121.
6. The impossibility of desuspending coliapses. Bull. Aer. Math. Soc. 74 (1968) 979-981.(with Lin, S. Y. . B. R.)
7. Triangulations ohthe 3-ball with knotted spanning l-simplexes and collapsible R derived subdivisions. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 137 (1969) 451-458.
8. Homotopic arcs are isotopic. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1290-192.(with Rolfsen, D ale)
Rolfsen Dale P. 03
1. .
2. Alternative metrization proofs. Canadian J. Math. 18 (1966) 750 757.
3. Strongly convex metrics in cells. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 74 (l968) 171-175.
4. Homotopicarcs are isotopic. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 1290-1292.(with Martin, J oseph)
White, W arren 03
1. Some tameness conditions involving singular disks. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (1969) 223-234.
Mason William 03
1. .
2. Homeomorphic continuous curves in 2-space are isotopic in 3-space. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 142 (1969) 700-706.
Meyer, D onald V. 03
1. A decomposition of E³ into points and a null family of tame 3-cells in E³. Ann. of Math. (2) 78 (1963) 600-604.
2. E³ modulo a 3-cell. Pacific J. Math. 13 (1963) 193-196.
Alzoobaee, O rabi H. 02
1. Product of countably many complete Moore spaces. Bull. College Sci. (Baghdad) 9 (1966) 197-208.
2. Normal Moore spaces. Bull. College Sci. (Baghdad) 9 (1966) 201-208.
Fugate, J . B. 02
1. Decomposable chainable continua. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 123 (1966) 460-468. 1
2. A characterization of chainable continua. Canadian J. Math. 21 (1969) 383-393.
Schori, R . M. 02
1. A universal snake-like continuum. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 1313-1316.
2. Inverse limits and homogeneity. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 124 (1966) 533-539.
3. Hyperspaces and symmetric products of topological spaces. Fund. Math. 63 (1968) 77-88.
4. A factor theorem for Frechet manifolds. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 75 (1969) 53-56.(with Anderson, R . D.)
5. Factors of infinite-dimensional manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 142 (1969) 315-330.
6. Topological classification of infinite dimensional manifolds by homotopy type. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 76 (1970) 121-124.(with Henderson, D avid W.)
Anderson B. A. 02
1. Chains of metric topologies. Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968, 2-14.
2. Tl-complements of Tl topologies. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 23 (1969) 77-81.(with Stewart, D . G.)
Armentrout, S teve 01
1. A decomposition of E³ onto straight arcs and singletons. Dissertationes Math. Rozprawy Mat. 68 (1970) 46 pp.
2. A three dimensional spheroidal space which is not a sphere. und. Math. 68 (1970) 183-186.
3. W properties of compact sets. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (1969) 487-498.
4. Homotopy properties of decomposition spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 143 (1969) 499-507.
5. On the strong local simple connectivity of the decomposition spaces of toroidal decompositions. Fund. Math. 69 (1970) 15-37.
6. Local properties of decomposition spaces. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N.Y., 1970) State Univ. of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971.
Martin, J . M. 02
1. and Bing, R . H.
2. Cubes with knotted holes. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 155 (1971) 217-231.
3. Monotone images of E³. Proc. First Conf. on Monotone Mappings and Open Mappings (SUNY at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1970) State University of New York at Binghamton, Binghamton, N. Y., 1971.
Rolfsen, D . P. 03
1. Characterizing the 3-cell by its metric. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 215-223.
White, W arren 03
1. A 2-complex is collapsible if and only if it admits a strongly convex metric. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 23-29.
Meyer, D . V. 02
1. More decompositions of E which are factors of En . Fund. Math. 7 (1970) 49-55.
Lininger, L . L. 02
1. Decompositions of a 3-cell. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 1-6.
2. Actions on S . Topology 9 (1970) 301-308.
3. and Goldstein, R ichard Z.
4. Stability in spin structures. Topology of Manifolds. (Proc. Inst. Univ. Georgia, Athens, Georgia, 1969) Markham, Chicago, Illinois, 1970. 268-273.
5. Sl actions on 6-manifolds. Topology 9 (1971) 301-308.
Anderson, B . A. 02
1. A class of topologies with Tl-complements. Fund. Math. 69 (1970) 267-277.
2. Families of mutually complementary topologies. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1971) 362-368.
3. -427
Voxman, W . L. 02
1. On the shrinkability of decompositions of 3-manifolds. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 150 (1970) 27-39.
2. Nondegenerately continuous decompositions of 3-manifolds. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 307-320.
3. On the uniform of certain cellular decompositions of 3-manifolds. Illinois J. Math. 15 (1971) 387-392.
Neuzil, J . P. 02
1. Spheroidal decompositions of E4. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 155 (1971) 35-64.
Summerhill, R ichard R. 02
1. Tree-like continua and cellularity. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 26 (1970) 201-205.

W. S. Mahavier and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Bacon, P hilip, University of Tennessee, 1964
02 Bennett, R alph B., University of Tennessee, 1964
03 Williams, J erry F., Auburn University, 1970
03 Van Cleave, J ohn T., Auburn University, 1971
02 Russell, M ary Jean, Emory University, 1969

Publications of W. S. Mahavier and his Mathematical Descendants

Mahavier, W . S. 01
1. Rates of change and functional relations. Fund. Math. XLVIII (1960) 265-269.
2. A chainable continuum not homomorphic to an inverse limit on (0,1) with only one bonding map. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (2) (1967) 284-285.
3. Upper semi-continuous decompositions of irreducible continua. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 53-57.
4. Semi-groups on chainable and circle-like continua. Math. Zeit. 106 (1968) 159-161.(with Friedberg, M ichael)
5. Continua with only two different subcontinua. Proc. Topology Conference, Ariz. State Univ., Tempe, Arizona, 1967. 203-206.
6. Arcs in inverse limits on (0,1) with only one -onding map. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. (3) 21 (1969) 587-590
7. Atomic mappings on irreducible Hausdorff continua. Fund. Math.
Bacon, P hilip 02
1. Coincidences of real-valued maps from the n-torus. Fund. Math. 57 (1965) 63-89.
2. Equivalent formulations of the Borsuk-Ulam theorem. Canad. J. Math. 18 (1966) 492-502.
3. Extending a complete metric. Amer. Math. Monthly 75 (1968) 642643.
Bennett, R alph B. 02
1. Embedding products of chainable continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 1026-1027.
2. Locally connected 2-cell and 2-sphere-like continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 17 (1966) 674-681.
3. On selfproductive sets. Colloq. Math. 17 (1967) 309-313.
4. On embedding cones over circularly chainable disks. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 275-276.(with Transue, W. R. R.)
Bacon, P hilip 02
1. The compactness of countably compact spaces. Pacific J. Math. 32 (1970) 587-592.
2. A characterization of locally connected unicoherent continua. J. Austral. Math. Soc. 10 (1969) 257-265.
3. An acyclic continuum that admits no mean. Fund. Math. 67 (1970) 11-13.
4. Unicoherence in means. Colloq. Math. 21 (1970) 211-215.

L. B. Treybig and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Bell, H arold, Tulane University, 1964
02 Babcock, W illiam Warren, Tulane University, 1965
02 Penney, D avid Emory, III, Tulane University, 1966
03 Cliett, O tis Jay, University of Georgia, 1970
03 Boren, N ancy Susan, University of Georgia, 1970
02 Riley, J ohn Philip, Jr., Tulane University, 1968
02 Martin, J ohn, Tulane University, 1970

Publications of L. B. Treybig and his Mathematical Descendants

Treybig, L . B. 01
1. Concerning local separability in locally peripherally separable spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1959) 957-958.
2. Separability in metric spaces. Duke Math. J. 27 (1960) 383-386.
3. Concerning certain locally peripherally separable spaces. Pacific J. Math. 10 (1960) 697-704.
4. Concerning local separability in metric spaces. Duke Math. J. 29 (1962) 125-128.
5. Concerning homogeneity in totally ordered, connected topological space. Pacific J. Math. 13 (1963) 1417-1421.
6. Concerning continua which are continuous images of compact ordered sets. Duke Math. J. 32 (1965) 417-422.
7. A characterization of the double point structure of the projection of polygonal knot in regular position. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (1968) 223-247.
8. Prime mappings. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (1968) 248-253.
9. Concerning upper semi-continuous decomposition of E whose nondegenerate elements are polyhedrals or star-like continua. Canad. J. Math. 20 (1968) 1308-1314.
Bell, H arold 02
1. On fixed point properties of plane continua.Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 128 (1967) 539-548.
Penney, D avid E., III 02
1. Generalized Brunnian links. Duke Math. J. 36 (1969) 31-32.
Treybig, L . B. 01
1. An approach to the polygonal knot problem using projections and isotopies. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 158 (1971) 409-421.
2. Concerning a bound problem in knot theory. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 158 (1971) 423-436.
Riley, J ohn Philip 02
1. Decompositions of E3 and the tameness of their sets of non-degenerate elements. Duke Math. J. 38 (1971) 255-258.

J. N. Younglove and his Mathematical
Descendandt

02 Bandy, C arroll L., University of Houston, 1972

Publications of J. N. Younglove and his Mathematical Descendant

Younglove, J . N. 01
1. Concerning dense metric subspaces of certain non-metric spaces. Fund. Math. 48 (1959) 15-25.
2. A theorem on metrization of Moore spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 592-593.
3. Separability and compactness in pointwise paracompact spaces. Amer. Math. Monthly 71 (1964) 412-413.
4. Two conjectures in point set theory. Topology Seminar (Wisconsin, 1965) 121-123. Annals of Math. Studies, No. 60, Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, N. J., 1966.
5. On normality and pointwise paracompactness. Pacific J. Math. 25 (1968) 193-196.(with Traylor, D . R.)
6. A locally connected, complete Moore space on which every real-valued continuous function is constant. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 20 (1969) 527-530.

G. W. Henderson and his Mathematical
Descendandt

02 Krajewski, Lawrence L. , University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1971

Publications of G. W. Henderson and his Mathematical Descendant

Henderson, G . W. 01
1. Proof that every compact decomposable continuum which is topologically equivalent to each of its nondegenerate subcontinua is an arc. Annals of Math. 27 (1960) 421-428.
2. The pseudo-arc as an inverse limit with one bonding map. Duke Math. J. 31 (1964) 421-425.
3. The mod 2 homology of the image of an exactly 2 to 1 map from a sphere. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 18 (1967) 723-726.
4. On the hyperspace of sub-continua of an arc-like continuum. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 416-417.
Krawjewski, Lawrence L. 02
1. On expanding locally finite collections. Canad. J. Math. 23 (1971) 56-68.

Publications of J. M. Worrell

Worrell, J . M., Jr. 01
1. Upper semi-continuous decompositions of developable spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 16 (1965) 485-490.
2. A characterization of metacompact spaces. Portugal. Math. 25 (1966) 171-174.
3. The closed continuous images of metacompact topological spaces. Portugal. Math. 25 (1966) 175-179.
4. Upper semicontinuous decompositions of spaces having bases of countable order. Portugal. Math. 26 (1967) 493-504.
5. On continuous mappings of metacompact Cech complete spaces. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 555-562.
6. On collections of domains inscribed in a covering of a space in the sense of Alexandorff and Urysohn. Portugal. Math. 26 (1967) 405-420.
7. Characterizations of developable topological spaces. Canad. J. Math. 17 (1965) 820-830.(with Wicke, H . H.)
8. Open continuous mappings of spaces having bases of countable order. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 255-271.
9. Errats to: Open continuous mappings of spaces having bases of countable order. Duke Math. J. 34 (1967) 813-814.
10. Upper semicontinuous decompositions of spaces having bases of countable order. Portugal Math. 26 (1967) 493-504.
11. On collections of domains inscribed in a covering of a space in the sense of Alexandroff and Urysohn. Portugal. Math. 26 (1967) 405-420.
12. Extension of a result of Dieudonne. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 634-637.(with Wicke, H . H.)

Howard Cook and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Ingram, William T., III, Auburn University, 1964
03 Kuykendall, Daniel, University of Houston, 1971

Publications of Howard Cook and his Mathematical Descendants

Cook, H oward 01
1. Concerning connected and dense subsets of indecomposable continua. Fund. Math. 53 (1963) 21-23.
2. On subsets of indecomposable continua. Colloq. Math. 13 (1964) 37-43.
3. Solution to problem P100. Colloq. Math. 13 (1964) 125.
4. On the most general plane closed point set through which it is possible to pass a pseudo-arc. Fund. Math. 55 (1964) 11-22.
5. Continua which admit only the identity mapping onto non-degenerate subcontinua. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 241-249.
6. Upper semi-continuous continuum-valued mappings onto circle-like continua. Fund. Math. 60 (1967) 233-239.
7. Concerning three questions of Burgess about homogeneous continua. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 241-244.
8. Inverse limits of perfectly normal spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 189-192.(with Fitzpatrick, B en, Jr.)
9. A characterization of indecomposable compact continua. Proc. of the Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona(with Ingram, W. T.) State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968, 168-169.
10. Tree-likeness of dendroids and -dendroids. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 19-22.
Ingram, William T. 02
1. Concerning non-planar circle-like continua. Canad. J. Math. 19 (1967) 242-250.
2. Decomposable circle-like continua. Fund. Math. 63 (1968) 193198.
3. A characterization of indecomposable compact continua. Proc. of the Topology Conference (Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1967) Arizona State Univ., Tempe, Ariz., 1968, 168-169.(with Cook, H oward)
4. Obtaining AR-like continua as inverse limits with only two bonding maps. Glasnik Mat. Ser. III 4 (24) (1969) 309-312.
Cook, H oward 01
1. Tree-likeness of dendroids and -dendroids. Fund. Math. 68 (1970 19-22.
2. Tree-likeness of hereditarily equivalent continua. Fund. Math. 68 (1970) 203-205.

James L. Cornette and his Mathematical
Descendandts

02 Chewning, W illiam Carroll, Jr., University of Virginia, 1970
02 Girolo, J ack E., Iowa State University, 1971

Publications of James L. Cornette and his Mathematical Descendants

Cornette, J . L. 01
1. Continuum accessibility of points in totally disconnected sets. Duke Math. J. 32 (1965) 103-113.
2. Connectivity functions and images on Peano continuum. Fund. Math. 58 (1966) 183-192
3. Connectivity retracts of finitely coherent Peano continua. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 177-182.(with Girolo, J . E.)
4. Retracts of the pseudo arc. Colloq. Math. 19 (1968) 235-239.
Girolo, J ack E. 02
1. Connectivity retracts of finitely coherent Peano continua. Fund. Math. 61 (1967) 177-182.(with Cornette, J . L.)

Publications of Jack W. Rogers

Rogers, J ack W. 01
1. A space whose regions are the simple domains of another space. Seria I. Prace Mathematyczne XIII (1970) 141-159.
2. An arc as the inverse limit of a single nowhere strictly monotonic bonding map on (0,1). Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19, No. 13 (1968) 634-638.
3. Decomposable inverse limits with a single bonding map on (0,1) below the identity. Fund. Math. 66 (1970) 177-183.
4. Continua that contain only degenerate continuous images of plane continuum. Duke Math. J. 38 No. 3 (1970) 479-483.
5. Continua not an inverse limit with a single bonding map on a polyhedron. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 21 (1969) 281-283.
6. On universal tree-like continua. Pacific J. Math. 30 (1969) 771775.
7. On mapping indecomposable continua onto certain chainable indecomposable continuum. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 No. 2 (1970) 449-456.
8. On compactifications with continua as remainders. Fund. Math.
9. Continuous mappings on continua. Proc. Auburn Topology Conference, 1969, Auburn University, Auburn, A abama, 94-97.
10. On mapping indecomposable continua onto certain chainable indecomposable continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 25 (1970) 449-456.
11. Decomposable inverse limits with a single bonding map on [0,1 below the identity. Fund. Math. 66 (1969/70) 177-183.
12. A space whose regions are the simple domains of another space. Comment. Math. Prace Math. 13 (1970) 141-159.
13. Continua that contains only degenerate continuous images of plane continua. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 479-483.

Publications of Harvey L. Baker

Baker, H arvey L., Jr. 01
1. Complete amonotonic decompositions of compact continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 19 (1968) 847-853. t

Publications of J. W. Green

Green J. W. 01
1. Functions that are harmonic or zero. Amer. J. Math. 82 (1960) 867-872.
2. On the Arzela-Ascoli theorem. Math. Mag. 34 (1960/61) 199-202. (with Valentine, F . A.)
3. Concerning the separation of certain plane-like spaces by compact dendrons. Duke Math. J. 37 (1970) 555-571.

Publications of David E. Cook

Cook David E 01
1. A conditionally compact point set with noncompact closure. Pacific J. Math. 35 (1970) 313-319.

Publications of John W. Hinrichsen

Hinrichsen, J ohn W. 01
1. Concerning upper semi-continuous decompositions of irreducible continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 30 (1971) 157-163. (with Transue, W. R.; Fitzpatrick, B en)

Publications of Joel L. O'Connor

O'Connor Joel L. 01
1. Supercompactness of compact metric spaces. Nederl. Akad. Wetensch. Proc. Ser. A/3 = Indag. Math. 32 (1970) 30-34.

Publications of Robert E.Jackson

Jackson, Robert E. 01
1. Quasi-Jordanian continua. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 27 (1971) 387-390.

Chapter 9 Academic Descendants of R. L. Moore and Individual Publications

Chapter 9
Academic Descendants of R. L. Moore and Individual Publications